WO2022236256A1 - Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors - Google Patents

Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022236256A1
WO2022236256A1 PCT/US2022/072066 US2022072066W WO2022236256A1 WO 2022236256 A1 WO2022236256 A1 WO 2022236256A1 US 2022072066 W US2022072066 W US 2022072066W WO 2022236256 A1 WO2022236256 A1 WO 2022236256A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
pharmaceutically acceptable
alkylene
tautomer
stereoisomer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2022/072066
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Son Minh Pham
Jayakanth Kankanala
Jeremy D. Pettigrew
Chris P. Miller
Brahmam PUJALA
Bhawana BHATT
Varun Kumar
Anjan Kumar NAYAK
Amit Shivraj SHETE
Sanjeev SONI
Original Assignee
Nuvation Bio Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nuvation Bio Inc. filed Critical Nuvation Bio Inc.
Publication of WO2022236256A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022236256A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5383—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/54—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one sulfur as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. sulthiame
    • A61K31/5415—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one sulfur as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. sulthiame ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. phenothiazine, chlorpromazine, piroxicam
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates generally to therapeutics which play a crucial role in the control of the cell cycle and more particularly, compounds that inhibit cyclin-dependent kinases (CDK).
  • CDK cyclin-dependent kinases
  • the disclosure also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present disclosure and methods of using said compositions in the treatment of diseases associated with these pathways.
  • the cell cycle is a period between the successive divisions of a cell. During this period, the contents of the cell must be accurately replicated.
  • the processes that permit the cell to divide are very precisely controlled by a multitude of enzymatic reactions amongst which the protein kinase-triggered protein phosphorylation plays a major role.
  • there are four main stages/phases of cell cycle namely the Gap-1 (Gl) phase, Synthesis (S) phase, Gap-2 (G2) and Mitosis (M) phases.
  • An extended phase of Gap-1 phase is coined as Gap-0 (GO) phase or Resting phase (Cancers 2014, 6, 2224-2242).
  • Cyclin- dependent kinases constitute a heterodimeric family of serine/threonine protein kinases involved in cell cycle and transcription. They include two main groups: cell cycle CDK and transcriptional CDK. The functionality of CDK depends on specific interactions with regulatory proteins named cyclins which form heterodimeric complexes with their partners. These complexes are important regulators of the cellular processes, especially in the cell cycle progression.
  • CDK5 is the prototype of atypical CDK: it is activated by the non-cyclin proteins p35 (or Cdk5Rl) and p39 (or Cdk5R2) and has unique post-mitotic functions in neuronal biology, angiogenesis and cell differentiation.
  • Proliferative signals induce the transition from the GO or G1 phases into S phase through the activation of the structurally related CDK4 and CDK6 [Development, 2013;140 (15):3079-93, Biochem Pharmacol 2012;84(8):985-93, Nature 2014;510(7505):393-6].
  • the binding of cyclin D to CDK4 and to CDK6 promotes the phosphorylation of the transcriptional repressor retinoblastoma protein (RBI).
  • CDK hyperactivity is often observed in cancer, reflecting their prominent role in cell cycle and transcription regulation.
  • cancer cells the process of cell division becomes unregulated, resulting in uncontrolled growth that leads to the development of a tumor.
  • a number of mechanisms contribute to the dysregulation of the cell cycle in malignant cells, including the amplification and hyperactivity of CDK4/6, or their genomic instability, which might cause CDK4/6 to become oncogenic drivers of cell replication. Usurping these mechanisms, cancer cells can continue to replicate by triggering the G1 to S phase transition. This process appears to be facilitated by a shortening of the G1 phase.
  • CDK4/6 antagonizes intrinsic tumor suppression mechanisms including cell senescence and apoptosis, which further augments the growth of a tumor.
  • Cancer cells also upregulate other CDK and cyclins and decrease suppressive mechanisms such as intrinsic CDK inhibitors and tumor suppressor proteins. The overall effect of this type of cell cycle dysregulation is malignant cell proliferation and the development of cancer (Clinical Breast Cancer, 2016, 1526-8209).
  • CDK inhibitors have been reported (such as in WO2011101409 and WO201 1101417) or clinically developed. Flavopiridol and R-Roscovitine (Seliciclib), were the first generation of pan-CDK inhibitors with anti-tumor activity attributed to down- regulation of CDK9-mediated anti-apoptotic proteins, especially Mcl-1. Recently, a new generation of CDK inhibitors have been developed, advanced to clinical trials, and approved for certain types of cancer.
  • CDK4/6 inhibitors for the treatment of hyper-proliferative diseases preferably have at least one advantageous property selected from selectivity, potency, stability, pharmacodynamic properties and safety profile.
  • a novel class of CDK4/6 inhibitors is provided herein.
  • a method of treating cancer in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as detailed herein.
  • a method of modulating CDK4/6 in an individual comprising administering to the individual a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a method of modulating CDK4/6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9 in an individual comprising administering to the individual a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • kits comprising a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, are also provided. Kits may optionally include instructions for use, such as instructions for use in any of the methods detailed herein, for example, for use in the treatment of cancer. A compound as detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, is also provided for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
  • the term “about” refers to a variation of ⁇ 1%, ⁇ 3%, ⁇ 5%, or ⁇ 10% of the value specified.
  • “about 50” can in some embodiments includes a range of from 45 to 55.
  • the term “about” can include one or two integers greater than and/or less than a recited integer at each end of the range.
  • the term “about” is intended to include values, e.g., weight percentages, proximate to the recited range that are equivalent in terms of the functionality of the individual ingredient, the composition, or the embodiment.
  • the singular forms “a” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • reference to “the compound” includes a plurality of such compounds and includes reference to one or more compounds and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art.
  • Alkyl refers to an unbranched or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain. As used herein, alkyl has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (C 1-20 alkyl or C 1 -C20 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C 1 -s alkyl or C 1 -C 8 alkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C 1-6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (Ci -4 alkyl or C 1 -C4 alkyl).
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl.
  • alkyl residue having a specific number of carbons is named by chemical name or identified by molecular formula, all positional isomers having that number of carbons may be encompassed; thus, for example, “butyl” includes n-butyl (i.e.
  • -(CH 2 )3CH 3 sec-butyl (i.e. -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), iso-butyl (i.e. -CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ) and tert-butyl (i.e. -C(CH 3 ) 3 ); and “propyl” includes n-propyl (i.e. -(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 ) and isopropyl (i.e. - CH(CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • Haloalkyl refers to an unbranched or branched alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., 1 to 6 or 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen.
  • a residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of halogen moieties attached.
  • Dihaloalkyl and trihaloalkyl refer to alkyl substituted with two (“di”) or three (“tri”) halo groups, which may be, but are not necessarily, the same halogen.
  • Examples of haloalkyl include difluoromethyl (-CHF 2 ) and trifluoromethyl (-CF 3 ).
  • the alkenyl group may be in “cis” or “trans” configurations, or alternatively in “E” or “Z” configurations.
  • alkenyl groups are those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (C 2-2 o alkenyl or C 2 -C 2 o alkenyl), having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (C 2-8 alkenyl or C 2 -C 8 alkenyl), having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (C 2-6 alkenyl or C 2 -C 6 alkenyl), or having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (C 2 -4 alkenyl or C 2 -C4 alkenyl).
  • alkenyl examples include, but are not limited to, groups such as ethenyl (or vinyl), prop-l-enyl, prop-2-enyl (or allyl), 2-methylprop-l-enyl, but-l-enyl, but-2-enyl, but-3-enyl, buta-l,3-dienyl, 2- methylbuta-l,3-dienyl, homologs and isomers thereof, and the like.
  • groups such as ethenyl (or vinyl), prop-l-enyl, prop-2-enyl (or allyl), 2-methylprop-l-enyl, but-l-enyl, but-2-enyl, but-3-enyl, buta-l,3-dienyl, 2- methylbuta-l,3-dienyl, homologs and isomers thereof, and the like.
  • Alkylene refers to the same residues as alkyl, but having bivalency. Particular alkylene groups are those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C 1 - 6 alkylene or C 1 -C 6 alkylene), 1 to 5 carbon atoms (C 1 -5 alkylene or C 1 -C5 alkylene), 1 to 4 carbon atoms (C 1 -4 alkylene or C 1 -C4 alkylene) or 1 to 3 carbon atoms (C 1 -3 alkylene or C 1 -C 3 alkylene). Examples of alkylene include, but are not limited to, groups such as methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), butylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2-), and the like.
  • Alkoxy refers to the group “-O-alkyl”. Examples of alkoxy groups include, without limitation, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec- butoxy, npentoxy, n-hexoxy and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
  • Alkynyl refers to an unsaturated linear or branched hydrocarbon chain or combination thereof, having at least one site of acetylenic unsaturation (i.e., having at least one moiety of the formula CoC).
  • Particular alkynyl groups are those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (C 2 -20 alkynyl or C 2 -C20 alkynyl), having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (C 2 -8 alkynyl or C 2 -C 8 alkynyl), having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (C 2 -6 alkynyl or C 2 -C 6 alkynyl), or having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (C 2 -4 alkynyl or C 2 -C4 alkynyl).
  • alkynyl examples include, but are not limited to, groups such as ethynyl (or acetylenyl), prop-l-ynyl, prop-2-ynyl (or propargyl), but-l-ynyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl, homologs and isomers thereof, and the like.
  • Aryl refers to and includes polyunsaturated aromatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • Aryl may contain additional fused rings (e.g., from 1 to 3 rings).
  • the aryl group contains from 6 to 14 annular carbon atoms (“C 6 -C 1 4 aryl”),.
  • Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, and anthryl.
  • Aryl does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl defined below. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heteroaryl, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heterocyclyl, the resulting ring system is heterocyclyl.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group having a single ring or multiple rings including fused, bridged and spiro ring systems.
  • the term “cycloalkyl” includes cycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the cyclic group having at least one double bond) and carbocyclic fused ring systems having at least one sp 3 carbon atom (i.e., at least one non-aromatic ring).
  • cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms (C 3-20 cycloalkyl or C 3 -C 20 cycloalkyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (C 3-12 cycloalkyl or C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl), 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 3-10 cycloalkyl or C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (C 3-8 cycloalkyl or C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (C 3-6 cycloalkyl or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl).
  • Monocyclic groups include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
  • cycloalkyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic cyclic alkyl ring which may be fused to an aryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule.
  • Halo or “halogen” refers to elements of the Group 17 series having atomic number 9 to 85. Preferred halo groups include fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • Heteroaryl refers to an aromatic group having a single ring, multiple rings or multiple fused rings, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl includes 1 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 8 carbon ring atoms, and 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl includes 5- to 12- membered, 5- to 10- membered ring systems, 5- to 7- membered ring systems, or 5- to 6- membered ring systems, each independently having 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Any aromatic ring, having a single or multiple fused rings, containing at least one heteroatom, is considered a heteroaryl regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule (i.e., through any one of the fused rings).
  • Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined above.
  • Heterocyclyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heterocyclyl includes heterocycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the heterocyclyl group having at least one double bond), bicyclic heterocyclic groups, such as bridged-heterocyclyl groups, fused-heterocyclyl groups and spiro-heterocyclyl groups.
  • Any nonaromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom is considered a heterocyclyl, regardless of the attachment (i.e., can be bound through a carbon atom or a heteroatom).
  • the term heterocyclyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom, which ring may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule.
  • heterocyclyl has 2 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 10 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 8 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms; and 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen.
  • heteroaryl includes 3- to 12- membered, 5- to 10- membered ring systems, 5- to 7- membered ring systems, or 5- to 6- membered ring systems, each independently having 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heterocyclyl also includes “spiroheterocyclyl” when there are two positions for substitution on the same carbon atom.
  • the term “bicyclic heterocyclic” encompasses fused- heterocyclyl groups.
  • Optionally substituted unless otherwise specified means that a group may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) of the substituents listed for that group in which the substituents may be the same of different, provided that the group’s normal valence is not exceeded.
  • an optionally substituted group has one substituent.
  • an optionally substituted group has two substituents.
  • an optionally substituted group has three substituents.
  • an optionally substituted group has four substituents.
  • an optionally substituted group has 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 3 to 5, 2 to 3, 2 to 4, 3 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 4 or 1 to 5 substituents.
  • CDK refers to one or more cyclin-dependent kinases.
  • CDK4/6 refers to both CDK4 and CDK6.
  • inhibitors of CDK4/6 inhibit both CDK4 and CDK6.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical formulation, other than an active ingredient, which is nontoxic to a subject.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a buffer, excipient, stabilizer, or preservative.
  • treatment is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results including clinical results.
  • beneficial or desired results include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: decreasing symptoms resulting from the disease, increasing the quality of life of those suffering from the disease, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, delaying the progression of the disease, and/or prolonging survival of individuals.
  • beneficial or desired results include shrinking a tumor (reducing tumor size); decreasing the growth rate of the tumor (such as to suppress tumor growth); reducing the number of cancer cells; inhibiting, retarding or slowing to some extent and preferably stopping cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibiting (slowing to some extent and preferably stopping) tumor metastasis; inhibiting tumor growth; preventing or delaying occurrence and/or recurrence of tumor; and/or relieving to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer.
  • beneficial or desired results include preventing or delaying occurrence and/or recurrence, such as of unwanted cell proliferation.
  • “delaying development of a disease” means to defer, hinder, slow, retard, stabilize, and/or postpone development of the disease (such as cancer). This delay can be of varying lengths of time, depending on the history of the disease and/or individual being treated. As is evident to one skilled in the art, a sufficient or significant delay can, in effect, encompass prevention, in that the individual does not develop the disease. For example, a late stage cancer, such as development of metastasis, may be delayed.
  • an “effective dosage” or “effective amount” of compound or salt thereof or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results.
  • beneficial or desired results include results such as eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity of, or delaying the onset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease.
  • beneficial or desired results include ameliorating, palliating, lessening, delaying or decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease, increasing the quality of life of those suffering from the disease, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing effect of another medication such as via targeting, delaying the progression of the disease, and/or prolonging survival.
  • an effective amount comprises an amount sufficient to cause a tumor to shrink and/or to decrease the growth rate of the tumor (such as to suppress tumor growth) or to prevent or delay other unwanted cell proliferation.
  • an effective amount is an amount sufficient to delay development.
  • an effective amount is an amount sufficient to prevent or delay occurrence and/or recurrence.
  • an effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, in the case of cancer, the effective amount of the drug or composition may: (i) reduce the number of cancer cells; (ii) reduce tumor size; (iii) inhibit, retard, slow to some extent and preferably stop cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; (iv) inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumor metastasis; (v) inhibit tumor growth; (vi) prevent or delay occurrence and/or recurrence of tumor; and/or (vii) relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer.
  • An effective dosage can be administered in one or more administrations.
  • an effective dosage of compound or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly. It is intended and understood that an effective dosage of a compound or salt thereof, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition. Thus, an “effective dosage” may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
  • the term “individual” is a mammal, including humans.
  • An individual includes, but is not limited to, human, bovine, horse, feline, canine, rodent, or primate.
  • the individual is human.
  • the individual (such as a human) may have advanced disease or lesser extent of disease, such as low tumor burden.
  • the individual is at an early stage of a proliferative disease (such as cancer).
  • the individual is at an advanced stage of a proliferative disease (such as an advanced cancer).
  • pharmaceutically acceptable or “pharmacologically acceptable” is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., the material may be incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition administered to a patient without causing any significant undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the composition in which it is contained.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients have preferably met the required standards of toxicological and manufacturing testing and/or are included on the Inactive Ingredient Guide prepared by the U.S. Food and Drug administration.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” are those salts which retain at least some of the biological activity of the free (non- salt) compound and which can be administered as drugs or pharmaceuticals to an individual.
  • Such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base.
  • Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine and the like.
  • Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like. Further examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those listed in Berge et ah, Pharmaceutical Salts, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977 Jan;66(l):T19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared in situ in the manufacturing process, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the disclosure in its free acid or base form with a suitable organic or inorganic base or acid, respectively, and isolating the salt thus formed during subsequent purification.
  • excipient means an inert or inactive substance that may be used in the production of a drug or pharmaceutical, such as a tablet containing a compound of the disclosure as an active ingredient.
  • a drug or pharmaceutical such as a tablet containing a compound of the disclosure as an active ingredient.
  • Various substances may be embraced by the term excipient, including without limitation any substance used as a binder, disintegrant, coating, compression/encapsulation aid, cream or lotion, lubricant, solutions for parenteral administration, materials for chewable tablets, sweetener or flavoring, suspending/gelling agent, or wet granulation agent.
  • Q 1 is C, CH, CH 2 , S(0)O-2, N, or NH;
  • Q 2 is C, CH, CH 2 , N, or NH; indicates a partially saturated or fully saturated ring;
  • A is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C 6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 5 ;
  • L is a bond, -CR 11 R 12 -, -0-, -S-, -S(0) 2 -, -C(O)-, -NR 10 -, -S(0) 2 NR 10 -, or - NR 10 SO 2 -;
  • B is hydrogen, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7- membered heteroaryl, or C 6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 6 ;
  • C is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C 6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 5 , wherein C is fused to D; and D is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C 6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 6 ;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 - C 12 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C 6 - Ci4 aryl, -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 3 -Ci2 cycloalkyl), -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl), -C(0)R 10 , -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl) or -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 6 -Ci 4 aryl), wherein R 1 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR 13 , -NR 13 R 14 , -
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -(C 1 - C 3 alkylene)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), C 6 -C 14 aryl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR 15 , -NR 15 R 16 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo, or R 11 and R 12 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substitute
  • R 13 and R 14 are each independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OR 15 , -NR 15 R 16 , and oxo, or R 13 and R 14 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo; and
  • R 15 and R 16 are each independently hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, or C 2 - C 6 alkynyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, and C 2 -C 6 alkynyl are each independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo, or R 15 and R 16 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo; l is 0, 1, or 2; m, p and q are each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that at least one of m and 1 is not 0;
  • Z is and provides a compound of Formula (I): or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q 1 , Q 2 , A, B, L, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , 1, m, n, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula (J).
  • a compound of Formula provides a compound of Formula (II): or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein O , Q 1 , Q 2 , C, D, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , 1, m, n, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula (J).
  • a compound of Formula (K) provided is a compound of Formula (K-I): or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein A, B, L, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , 1, m, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula (J).
  • a compound of Formula (K) provided is a compound of Formula (K-II): or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein C, D, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , 1, m, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula
  • Q 1 is CH2. In some embodiments, Q 1 is CH. In some embodiments, Q 1 is C. In some embodiments, Q 1 is S. In some embodiments, Q 1 is S(O). In some embodiments, Q 1 is S(0) 2 . In some embodiments, Q 1 is NH. In some embodiments, Q 1 is N.
  • Q 2 is C, CH, CFh, N, or NH. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, Q 2 is C, CH, C3 ⁇ 4, or NH. In some embodiments, Q 2 is C. In some embodiments, Q 2 is CH. In some embodiments, Q 2 is CH2. In some embodiments, Q 2 is N. In some embodiments, Q 2 is NH.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-l), (I- 1 ), or (II- 1), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-2), (1-2), or (II-2), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-3), (1-3), or (II-3), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-4), (1-4), or (II-4), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-5), (1-5), or (II-5), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-6), (1-6), or (II-6), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-7), (1-7), or (II-7), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 - C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C 6 - C 14 aryl, -C(0)R 10 , -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl), -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl) or -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 6 - C 14 aryl), each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen,
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, -C(0)R 10 , -(C 1 - C 3 alkylene)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl), -(C 1 - C 3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl) or -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 6 -Ci 4 aryl), each of which is unsubstituted.
  • R 1 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 - Cs alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C 6 -C 1 4 aryl, -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), -C(0)R 10 , or -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 6 -Ci4 aryl), each of which independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR 13 , -NR 13 R 14 , -C(0)R 13 , -CN, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of
  • R 1 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 1 -C 8 alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C 6 -C 14 aryl, or -C(0)R 10 , each of which independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR 13 , -NR 13 R 14 , -C(0)R 13 , -CN, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and C 1 -C 6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH or halogen.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, -C(0)R 10 , -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(C 3 - C 6 cycloalkyl), -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl), or C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with halogen, oxo, -NH 2 .
  • R 1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cyclopropyl-methyl.
  • R 1 is isopropyl.
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is C 2 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of
  • n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3. In some emboidments, n is 4. In some embodiments, n is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, n is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, n is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some emboidments, n is 1, 2, or 3.
  • each R 2 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, oxo, -C(0)R 10 , or -CN. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, oxo, or halogen. In some embodiments, each R 2 is oxo. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently -NR 11 R 12 . In some embodiments, each R 2 is -CN. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently -C(0)R 10 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -C(0)R 10 , wherein R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl.
  • R 2 is -C(0)NR 11 R 12 .
  • R 2 is halogen, such as fluoro.
  • R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, such methyl.
  • R 2 is H.
  • each R 2 is independently oxo or C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl.
  • each R 2 is independently oxo or C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1 or 2.
  • each R 2 is independently oxo or C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1.
  • each R 2 is independently oxo or C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 2. In some embodiments, R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently -C(0)R 10 , wherein R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently -C(0)R 10 , wherein R 10 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1. In some embodiments, each R 2 is oxo; and n is 1 or 2.
  • each R 2 is oxo; and n is 1. In some embodiments, each R 2 is oxo; and n is 2. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently oxo or -CN. In some embodiments, each R 2 is independently oxo or -CN; and n is 2. In some embodiments, R 2 is independently methyl, oxo, -C(0)CH 3 , or -CN.
  • At least two R 2 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C 6 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more subsituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, halogen, and - OH.
  • At least one R 2 is taken together with R 1 and the atoms to which they are attached to form C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C 6 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more subsituents selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, halogen, and - OH.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-8), (1-8), or (II-8), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-9), (1-9), or (II-9), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J- 10), (I- 10), or (II- 10), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • l is 0. In some embodiments, / is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, l is 1. In some embodiments, l is 2.
  • each R 3 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy, halogen, or -OH.
  • each R 3 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy or halogen. In some embodiments, each R 3 is independently fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, and cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is halogen.
  • each R 4 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy, halogen, or -OH.
  • each R 4 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy or halogen.
  • each R 4 is independently fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, and cyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is halogen.
  • A is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C 6 aryl, each of which is unsubstituted.
  • A is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C 6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is C 6 aryl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is selected from the group consisting of pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl or imidazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, dihydropyridine, or pyridone, each of optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is C 3 - C 6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • A is phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, imidazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, pyridone, cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl, each of which is unsubstituted.
  • A is phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, imidazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, dihydropyridine, pyridone, cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 5 .
  • B is hydrogen, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7- membered heteroaryl, or C 6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7- membered heteroaryl, or C 6 aryl, each of which is unsubstituted.
  • B is hydrogen.
  • B is 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is diazepanyl, azepanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or azetidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is imidazolyl or pyrazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • B is hydrogen, diazepanyl, azepanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, phenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each of which is unsubstituted.
  • B is hydrogen, diazepanyl, azepanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, phenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R 6 .
  • L is a bond, -CH 2 -, -NH-, -0-, -S-, -S(0) 2 -, -CO-, -NCH3-, -S(0) 2 NH-,or - NHS(0) 2 -.
  • L is a bond, -CH 2 -, -NH-, - 0-, or -S-.
  • L is a bond.
  • L is -CH 2 -.
  • L is -NH-.
  • L is -S-.
  • L is -0-.
  • L is -S(0) 2 -. In some embodiments, L is -C(O)-. In some embodiments, L is -NCH3-. In some embodiments, L is -NHS(0) 2 -. In some embodiments, L is -CR 11 R 12 -. In some embodiments, L is -NR 10 -. In some embodiments, L is -NR 10 S(O) 2 -. In some embodiments, L is -S(0) 2 NR 10 -. In some embodiments, L is -S(0) 2 NH-. In some embodiments, L is - NHS(0) 2 -. In some embodiments, L is a bond or -CH 2 -.
  • a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, which wherein t is 0, 1, or 2; and f is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, which is wherein t is 0, 1, or 2; and f is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, Z is is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, wherein t is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, Z is which is , wherein p is
  • R 6 is methyl and q is 1.
  • Z is which is In some embodiments, t is 0. In some embodiments, t is 1. In some embodiments, t is 2. In some embodiments, t' is 0. In some embodiments, t' is 1. In some embodiments, t is 1 and t' is 1.
  • D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with one or more R 5 and R 6 .
  • D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with with one or more R 5 and R 6 .
  • D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring and at least one nitrogen atom, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with with one or more R 5 and R 6 .
  • D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring and at least one nitrogen atom, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with with one or more R 5 and R 6 .
  • Z is
  • R 7 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, -C(0)R 10 , each of which (except hydrogen) is optionally substituted by halogen, oxo, -OR 13 , -NR 13 R 14 , -C(0)R 13 ,
  • R 7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -C(0)CH 2 NHCH 3 , or -CH2CH2OH.
  • each R 5 is independently Ci-C 6 alkyl, halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR 10 , -NR 11 R 12 , -C(0)R 10 , -C(0)NR 11 R 12 , C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, -(C 1 - C 3 alkylene)OR 10 , -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)NR 11 R 12 , -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)C(0)R 10 , -(C 1 - C 3 alkylene)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)(3
  • each R 5 is independently -CN, halogen, methoxy, oxo, trifluoromethoxy, -
  • each R 5 is independently -CN, halogen, methoxy, oxo, trifluoromethoxy, -NH(CH 3 ), - N(CH 3 ) 2 , -(CH 2 )NH(CH 3 ), -(CH 2 )NH 2 , -(CH 2 )N(CH 3 ) 2 , -C(0)NH 2 , -C(0)N(CH 3 ) 2 , methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, cyclopropyl, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -NH(CH 2 ) 2 N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -
  • each R 6 is independently C 1 - C 6 alkyl, halogen, oxo, -CN, -NR 11 R 12 , -C(0)R 10 , C 3 - C 6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)OR 10 , -(C 1 - C 3 alkylene)NR 11 R 12 , each of which is optionally substituted by halogen, oxo, -OR 13 , -NR 13 R 14 , -C(0)R 13 , -CN, -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)OR 13 , -(C 1 -C 3 alkylene)NR
  • each R 6 is independently ethyl, methyl, isopropyl, pyrrolidinyl, -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 OH, oxo, - C(0)CH 2 NHCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, difluoroethyl, -CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , -OH, or -C(0)CH 2 0H.
  • each R 6 is independently ethyl, methyl, isopropyl, pyrrolidinyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NHCH 3 , -CH 2 OH, oxo, -C(0)CH 2 NHCH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, difluoroethyl, -CH 2 N(CH 3 )2, -CH2NH2, -OH, -C(0)CH 2 0H, -C(0)CH 2 N(CH 3 )2, -C(0)N(CH 3 )2, -
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 any specific value of R 1 detailed herein for a compound of Formula (J) as well as all related formulae may be combined with any other specific value for one or more of the variables Q 1 , Q 2 , Z, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , /, m, and n the same as if each and every combination were specifically and individually listed.
  • salts of compounds referred to herein such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • the invention also includes any or all of the stereochemical forms, including any enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms, and any tautomers or other forms of the compounds described. It is understood that individual enantiomers and diastereomers are provided herein and their corresponding structures can be readily determined.
  • a compound as detailed herein may in one aspect be in a purified form and compositions comprising a compound in purified forms are detailed herein. Compositions comprising a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, are provided, such as compositions of substantially pure compounds.
  • a composition containing a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing is in substantially pure form.
  • substantially pure intends a composition that contains no more than 35% impurity, wherein the impurity denotes a compound other than the compound comprising the majority of the composition or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • a composition of substantially pure compound or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing is provided wherein the composition contains no more than 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5% impurity.
  • a composition of substantially pure compound or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 3%, 2%, 1% or 0.5% impurity.
  • the compounds depicted herein may be present as salts even if salts are not depicted and it is understood that the present disclosure embraces all salts and solvates of the compounds depicted here, as well as the non-salt and non-solvate form of the compound, as is well understood by the skilled artisan.
  • the salts of the compounds provided herein are pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Where one or more tertiary amine moiety is present in the compound, the N-oxides are also provided and described.
  • tautomeric forms may be present for any of the compounds described herein, each and every tautomeric form is intended even though only one or some of the tautomeric forms may be explicitly depicted.
  • the tautomeric forms specifically depicted may or may not be the predominant forms in solution or when used according to the methods described herein.
  • the present disclosure also includes any or all of the stereochemical forms, including any enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms of the compounds described.
  • the structure or name is intended to embrace all possible stereoisomers of a compound depicted. All forms of the compounds are also embraced by the invention, such as crystalline or noncrystalline forms of the compounds.
  • Compositions comprising a compound of the invention are also intended, such as a composition of substantially pure compound, including a specific stereochemical form thereof, or a composition comprising mixtures of compounds of the invention in any ratio, including two or more stereochemical forms, such as in a racemic or non-racemic mixture.
  • the invention also intends isotopically-labeled and/or isotopically-enriched forms of compounds described herein.
  • the compounds herein may contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds.
  • the compound is isotopically-labeled, such as an isotopically-labeled compound of the formula (I) or variations thereof described herein, where a fraction of one or more atoms are replaced by an isotope of the same element.
  • Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C 13 N, 15 0, 17 0, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 C 1 .
  • Certain isotope labeled compounds e.g. 3 H and 14 C
  • are useful in compound or substrate tissue distribution studies. Incorporation of heavier isotopes such as deuterium ( 2 H) can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life, or reduced dosage requirements and, hence may be preferred in some instances.
  • Isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention can generally be prepared by standard methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art or by procedures similar to those described in the accompanying Examples substituting appropriate isotopically- labeled reagents in place of the corresponding non-labeled reagent.
  • the disclosure also includes any or all metabolites of any of the compounds described.
  • the metabolites may include any chemical species generated by a biotransformation of any of the compounds described, such as intermediates and products of metabolism of the compound, such as would be generated in vivo following administration to a human.
  • Articles of manufacture comprising a compound described herein, or a salt or solvate thereof, in a suitable container are provided.
  • the container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe, i.v. bag, and the like.
  • the compounds detailed herein are orally bioavailable.
  • the compounds may also be formulated for parenteral (e.g., intravenous) administration.
  • One or several compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of a medicament by combining the compound or compounds as an active ingredient with a pharmacologically acceptable carrier, which are known in the art.
  • a pharmacologically acceptable carrier which are known in the art.
  • the carrier may be in various forms.
  • the manufacture of a medicament is for use in any of the methods disclosed herein, e.g., for the treatment of cancer.
  • the compounds of the invention may be prepared by a number of processes as generally described below and more specifically in the Examples hereinafter (such as the schemes provided in the Examples below).
  • the symbols when used in the formulae depicted are to be understood to represent those groups described above in relation to the formulae herein.
  • a particular enantiomer of a compound may be accomplished from a corresponding mixture of enantiomers using any suitable conventional procedure for separating or resolving enantiomers.
  • diastereomeric derivatives may be produced by reaction of a mixture of enantiomers, e.g., a racemate, and an appropriate chiral compound. The diastereomers may then be separated by any convenient means, for example by crystallization and the desired enantiomer recovered. In another resolution process, a racemate may be separated using chiral High Performance Liquid Chromatography. Alternatively, if desired a particular enantiomer may be obtained by using an appropriate chiral intermediate in one of the processes described.
  • Chromatography, recrystallization and other conventional separation procedures may also be used with intermediates or final products where it is desired to obtain a particular isomer of a compound or to otherwise purify a product of a reaction.
  • Solvates and/or polymorphs of a compound provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, are also contemplated.
  • Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are often formed during the process of crystallization. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
  • compositions of any of the compounds detailed herein are embraced by this disclosure.
  • the present disclosure includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is an acid addition salt, such as a salt formed with an inorganic or organic acid.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may take a form suitable for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical or rectal administration or a form suitable for administration by inhalation.
  • a compound as detailed herein may in one aspect be in a purified form and compositions comprising a compound in purified forms are detailed herein.
  • Compositions comprising a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing are provided, such as compositions of substantially pure compounds.
  • a composition containing a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing is in substantially pure form.
  • the compounds herein are synthetic compounds prepared for administration to an individual.
  • compositions are provided containing a compound in substantially pure form.
  • the present disclosure embraces pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound detailed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • methods of administering a compound are provided. The purified forms, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of administering the compounds are suitable for any compound or form thereof detailed herein.
  • a compound detailed herein or salt thereof may be formulated for any available delivery route, including an oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal or rectal), parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, subcutaneous or intravenous), topical or transdermal delivery form.
  • oral, mucosal e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal or rectal
  • parenteral e.g., intramuscular, subcutaneous or intravenous
  • topical or transdermal delivery form e.g., topical or transdermal delivery form.
  • a compound or salt thereof may be formulated with suitable carriers to provide delivery forms that include, but are not limited to, tablets, caplets, capsules (such as hard gelatin capsules or soft elastic gelatin capsules), cachets, troches, lozenges, gums, dispersions, suppositories, ointments, cataplasms (poultices), pastes, powders, dressings, creams, solutions, patches, aerosols (e.g., nasal spray or inhalers), gels, suspensions (e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil-in-water emulsions or water-in-oil liquid emulsions), solutions and elixirs.
  • suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, tablets, caplets, capsules (such as hard gelatin capsules or soft elastic gelatin capsules), cachets, troches, lozenges, gums, dispersions, suppositories, ointments, cataplasms (poultic
  • One or several compounds described herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing can be used in the preparation of a formulation, such as a pharmaceutical formulation, by combining the compound or compounds, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, as an active ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as those mentioned above.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as those mentioned above.
  • the carrier may be in various forms.
  • pharmaceutical formulations may contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, re-wetting agents, emulgators, sweeteners, dyes, adjusters, and salts for the adjustment of osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants.
  • Formulations comprising the compound may also contain other substances which have valuable therapeutic properties.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared by known pharmaceutical methods. Suitable formulations can be found, e.g., in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Philadelphia, PA, 20 th ed. (2000), which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Compounds as described herein may be administered to individuals in a form of generally accepted oral compositions, such as tablets, coated tablets, and gel capsules in a hard or in soft shell, emulsions or suspensions.
  • carriers which may be used for the preparation of such compositions, are lactose, corn starch or its derivatives, talc, stearate or its salts, etc.
  • Acceptable carriers for gel capsules with soft shell are, for instance, plant oils, wax, fats, semisolid and liquid poly-ols, and so on.
  • pharmaceutical formulations may contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, re-wetting agents, emulgators, sweeteners, dyes, adjusters, and salts for the adjustment of osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants.
  • any of the compounds described herein can be formulated in a tablet in any dosage form described, for example, a compound as described herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, can be formulated as a 10 mg tablet.
  • compositions comprising a compound provided herein are also described.
  • the composition comprises a compound or salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • a composition of substantially pure compound is provided.
  • Compounds and compositions detailed herein such as a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of any formula provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, may be used in methods of administration and treatment as provided herein.
  • the compounds and compositions may also be used in in vitro methods, such as in vitro methods of administering a compound or composition to cells for screening purposes and/or for conducting quality control assays.
  • the methods comprise administration of a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, as a monotherapy.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof, to the individual.
  • a method of treating a proliferative disease in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the individual.
  • a method of treating cancer in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the individual.
  • the compound is administered to the individual according to a dosage and/or method of administration described herein.
  • the cancer in the individual has one or more mutations or amplification or overexpression of the genes encoding cyclins or of the genes encoding the CDK or loss of endogenous INK4 inhibitors by gene deletion, mutation, or promoter hypermethylation, or other genetic events leading to overactivity of one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6 and CDK9.
  • the cancer in the individual has one or more mutations or amplification or overexpression of the genes encoding cyclins or of the genes encoding the CDK or loss of endogenous INK4 inhibitors by gene deletion, mutation, or promoter hypermethylation, or other genetic events leading to overactivity of CDK4/6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9.
  • a method of treating a cancer in an individual comprising (a) selecting the individual for treatment based on (i) the presence of phosphorylation of the retinoblastoma ( Rb ) protein in the cancer, or (ii) presence of mutations or amplification or overexpression of CDK4 or CDK6 in the cancer, and administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the individual.
  • the cancer is assayed for the expression of phosphorylated Rb.
  • the cancer is assayed for the expression of CDK4 or CDK6.
  • the CDK4 or CDK6 gene of the cancer is sequenced to detect the one or more mutations or amplifications.
  • the CDK4 or CDK6 gene is sequenced by biopsying the cancer and sequencing the CDK4 or CDK6 gene from the biopsied cancer.
  • the CDK4 or CDK6 gene is sequenced by sequencing circulating-tumor DNA (ctDNA) from the individual.
  • a compound disclosed herein is used to treat an individual having a proliferative disease, such as cancer as described herein.
  • the individual is at risk of developing a proliferative disease, such as cancer.
  • the individual is determined to be at risk of developing cancer based upon one or more risk factors.
  • the risk factor is a family history and/or gene associated with cancer.
  • a compound disclosed herein is believed to be effective for treating a variety of diseases and disorders.
  • a compound disclosed herein may be used to treat a proliferative disease, such as cancer.
  • the cancer is a solid tumor.
  • the cancer is any of adult and pediatric oncology, myxoid and round cell carcinoma, locally advanced tumors, metastatic cancer, human soft tissue sarcomas, including Ewing's sarcoma, cancer metastases, including lymphatic metastases, squamous cell carcinoma, particularly of the head and neck, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral carcinoma, blood cell malignancies, including multiple myeloma, leukemias, including acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, and hairy cell leukemia, effusion lymphomas (body cavity based lymphomas), thymic lymphoma, cutaneous T cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, cancer of the adrenal cortex, ACTH-producing tumors, lung cancer, including small cell carcinoma and nonsmall cell cancers, breast cancer
  • the cancer is defined by a molecular characteristic.
  • the cancer is an estrogen receptor-posistive breast cancer.
  • the breast cancer is triple negative breast cancer.
  • the cancer is a KRAS-mutant non-small cell lung cancer.
  • the cancer is mantle cell lymphoma defined by a translocation involving CCND1 resulting in cyclin D1 overexpression.
  • the compounds and compositions described herein cause Gi-S cell cycle arrest in a cell (such as a cancer cell).
  • the cancer cell is a cancer cell from any of the cancer types described herein.
  • arrested cells enter a state of apoptosis.
  • arrested cells enter a state of senescence.
  • provided herein is a method of causing Gi-S checkpoint arrest in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell.
  • the Gi-S cell cycle arrest occurs in about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more of cells in a cell population. In some embodiments, the Gi-S cell cycle arrest occurs in up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, or up to about 80% of cells in the cell population.
  • a method of inducing senescence in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell.
  • senescence is induced in about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more of cells in a cell population.
  • senescence is induced in up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, or up to about 80% of cells in the cell population.
  • apoptosis is induced in about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more of cells in a cell population.
  • apoptosis is induced in up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, or up to about 80% of cells in the cell population.
  • CDK4 or CDK6 is inhibited by about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more.
  • CDK4 or CDK6 is inhibited up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, up to about 80%, up to about 70%, or up to about 60%.
  • the activity of CDK4 or CDK6 is measured according to a kinase assay.
  • provided herein is a method of inhibiting one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell.
  • one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 is inhibited by about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more.
  • one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 is inhibited up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, up to about 80%, up to about 70%, or up to about 60%.
  • the activity of one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 is measured according to a kinase assay.
  • a method of inhibiting CDK4 or CDK6 comprising contacting CDK4 or CDK6 with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof.
  • a compound disclosed herein binds to CDK4 or CDK6 with an IC50 of less than 1 mM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM.
  • a compound disclosed herein binds to CDK4 or CDK6 with an IC50 between 0.1 nM and 1 nM, between 1 nM and 5 nM, between 5 nM and 10 nM, between 10 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, beween 100 nM and 200 nM, between 200 nM and 300 nM, between 300 nM and 400 nM, betwee 400 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 600 nM, between 600 nM and 700 nM, between 700 nM and 800 nM, between 800 nM and 900 nM, or between 900 nM and 1 mM.
  • the IC50 is measured according to a kinase assay.
  • the IC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay.
  • provided herein is a method of inhibiting one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 comprising contacting one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof.
  • a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an IC50 of less than 1 pM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM.
  • a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an IC50 between 0.1 nM and 1 nM, between 1 nM and 5 nM, between 5 nM and 10 nM, between 10 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, beween 100 nM and 200 nM, between 200 nM and 300 nM, between 300 nM and 400 nM, betwee 400 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 600 nM, between 600 nM and 700 nM, between 700 nM and 800 nM, between 800 nM and 900 nM, or between 900 nM and 1 pM.
  • the IC50 is measured according to a kinase assay.
  • the IC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay.
  • provided herein is a method of modulating CDK4/6 in an individual, comprising administering to the individual a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of modulating CDK4 and CDK 6 in an individual, comprising administering to the individual a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of modulating CDK4/6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9 in an individual, comprising administering to the a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof.
  • a method of modulating CDK4 and CDK 6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9 in an individual comprising administering to the individual a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof.
  • a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK4/6 with an IC50 of less than 1 mM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM.
  • a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK4 and CDK6 with an IC50 of less than 1 ⁇ M, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM.
  • a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an IC50 between 0.1 nM and 1 nM, between 1 nM and 5 nM, between 5 nM and 10 nM, between 10 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, beween 100 nM and 200 nM, between 200 nM and 300 nM, between 300 nM and 400 nM, betwee 400 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 600 nM, between 600 nM and 700 nM, between 700 nM and 800 nM, between 800 nM and 900 nM, or between 900 nM and 1 pM.
  • the IC50 is measured according to a kinase assay.
  • the IC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay.
  • a compound disclosed herein may enhance the antitumour immunity by increasing the functional capacity of tumour cells to present antigen or by reducing the immunosuppressive T Reg population by suppressing their proliferation.
  • a method of inhibiting the proliferation of a cell comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof.
  • a compound disclosed herein is effective in inhibiting the proliferation of the cell with an EC 50 of less than 5 pM, less than 2 pM, less than 1 pM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, or less than 50 nM.
  • a compound disclosed herein is effective in inhibiting the proliferation of the cell with an EC50 between 10 nM and 20 nM, between 20 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, between 100 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 1 pM, beween 1 pM and 2 pM, or between 2 pM and 5 pM.
  • the EC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay.
  • a compound disclosed herein may affect the immune system. Accordingly, a compound disclosed herein may be used in combination with other anticancer agents or immunotherapies.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and an additional therapeutic agent to the individual.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is a cancer immunotherapy agent or an endocrine therapy agent or a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the disease is a proliferative disease such as cancer.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is a cancer immunotherapy agent.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is an immuno stimulatory agent.
  • the additional therapeutic agent targets a checkpoint protein (for example an immune checkpoint inhibitor).
  • the additional therapeutic agent is effective to stimulate, enhance or improve an immune response against a tumor.
  • a combination therapy for the treatment of a disease such as cancer.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein in combination with a radiation therapy.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an endocrine therapy agent.
  • the endocrine therapy is antiestrogen therapy.
  • the endocrine therapy is a selective estrogen receptor degrader (SERD, such as fulvestrant).
  • SESD selective estrogen receptor degrader
  • the endocrine therapy is an aromatase inhibitor (such as letrozole).
  • the combination of a CDK4/6 inhibitor and endocrine therapy causes enhancement of Gl-S cell-cycle arrest.
  • the combination of a CDK4/6 inhibitor and endocrine therapy causes enhanced entry into a senescent state.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the endocrine therapy agent.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the endocrine therapy agent.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a second chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the chemotherapeutic agent is another kinase inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co administered with the second chemotherapeutic agent.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the second chemotherapeutic agent.
  • chemotherapeutic agents that can be used in combination with a compound disclosed herein include DNA-targeted agents, a DNA alkylating agent (such as cyclophosphamide, mechlorethamine, chlorambucil, melphalan, dacarbazine, or nitrosoureas), a topoisomerase inhibitor (such as a Topoisomerase I inhibitor (e.g., irinotecan or topotecan) or a Topoisomerase II inhibitor (e.g., etoposide or teniposide)), an anthracycline (such as daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, or valrubicin), a histone deacetylase inhibitor (such as vorinostat or romidepsin), a bromodomain inhibitor, other epigenetic inhibitors, a taxane (such as paclit
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a kinase inhibitor (such as bortezomib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, vemurafenib, vismodegib, or ibrutinib).
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the kinase inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the kinase inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a DNA damaging agent.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the DNA damaging agent.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the DNA damaging agent.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a DNA alkylating agent (such as cyclophosphamide, mechlorethamine, chlorambucil, melphalan, dacarbazine, or nitrosoureas).
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the DNA alkylating agent.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the DNA alkylating agent.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a topoisomerase inhibitor (such as a Topoisomerase I inhibitor (e.g., irinotecan or topotecan) or a Topoisomerase II inhibitor (e.g., etoposide or teniposide)).
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the topoisomerase inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the topoisomerase inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an anthracycline (such as daunombicin, doxorubicin, epimbicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, or valmbicin).
  • an anthracycline such as daunombicin, doxorubicin, epimbicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, or valmbicin.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the anthracycline.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the anthracycline.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a histone deacetylase inhibitor (such as vorinostat or romidepsin).
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the histone deacetylase inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the histone deacetylase inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a taxane (such as paclitaxel or docetaxel).
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the taxane.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the taxane.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a nucleotide analog or precursor analog (such as azacitidine, azathioprine, capecitabine, cytarabine, doxifluridine, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, or tioguanine).
  • a nucleotide analog or precursor analog such as azacitidine, azathioprine, capecitabine, cytarabine, doxifluridine, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, or tioguanine.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the nucleotide analog or precursor analog.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the nucleotide analog or precursor analog.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent (such as cisplatin, carboplatin, or oxaliplatin).
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of pemetrexed.
  • Formula (J a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the pemetrexed.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the pemetrexed.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK) inhibitor.
  • BTK tyrosine kinase
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the BTK inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the BTK inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a PI3K or Akt inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the PI3K or Akt inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the PI3K or Akt inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a DNA damage repair (DDR) pathway inhibitor.
  • DDR DNA damage repair
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the DDR pathway inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the DDR pathway inhibitor.
  • inhibitors of the DDR pathway include poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) inhibitors (such as olaparib, rucaparib, niraparib, or talazoparib), ataxia telangiectasia mutated (ATM) protein inhibitors, ataxia telangiectasia and Rad3 -related (ATR) protein inhibitors, checkpoint kinase 1 (Chkl) inhibitors, or combinations thereof.
  • PARP poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase
  • ATM telangiectasia mutated
  • ATR ataxia telangiectasia and Rad3 -related
  • Chkl checkpoint kinase 1
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a PARP inhibitor (such as olaparib, rucaparib, niraparib, or talazoparib).
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the PARP inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the PARP inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an ATM protein inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the ATM protein inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the ATM protein inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an ATR protein inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the ATR protein inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the ATR protein inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an Chkl inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the Chkl inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the Chkl inhibitor.
  • a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a further CDK4/6 inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the further CDK4/6 inhibitor.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the further CDK4/6 inhibitor.
  • a combination therapy in which a compound disclosed herein is coadministered (which may be separately or simultaneously) with one or more additional agents that are effective in stimulating immune responses to thereby further enhance, stimulate or upregulate immune responses in a subject.
  • a method for stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound disclosed herein and one or more immuno stimulatory antibodies, such as an anti-PD-1 antibody, an anti-PD-Ll antibody and/or an anti-CTLA-4 antibody, such that an immune response is stimulated in the subject, for example to inhibit tumor growth.
  • the subject is administered a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-1 antibody.
  • the subject is administered a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-Ll antibody.
  • the subject is administered a compound disclosed herein and an anti-CTLA-4 antibody.
  • the immuno stimulatory antibody e.g., anti-PD-1, anti-PD-Ll and/or anti-CTLA-4 antibody
  • the immunostimulatory antibody is a human antibody.
  • the immunostimulatory antibody can be, for example, a chimeric or humanized antibody (e.g., prepared from a mouse anti-PD-1, anti-PD-Ll and/or anti-CTLA-4 antibody).
  • the present disclosure provides a method for treating a proliferative disease (e.g., cancer), comprising administering a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-1 antibody to a subject.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered at a subtherapeutic dose
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered at a subtherapeutic dose
  • the present disclosure provides a method for altering an adverse event associated with treatment of a hyperproliferative disease with an immunostimulatory agent, comprising a compound disclosed herein and a subtherapeutic dose of anti-PD-1 antibody to a subject.
  • the subject is human.
  • the anti-PD- 1 antibody is a human sequence monoclonal antibody.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating a hyperproliferative disease (e.g., cancer), comprising administering a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-Ll antibody to a subject.
  • a compound disclosed herein is administered at a subtherapeutic dose
  • the anti-PD-Ll antibody is administered at a subtherapeutic dose
  • the present invention provides a method for altering an adverse event associated with treatment of a hyperproliferative disease with an immunostimulatory agent, comprising administering a compound disclosed herein and a subtherapeutic dose of anti-PD- Ll antibody to a subject.
  • the subject is human.
  • the anti-PD-Ll antibody is a human sequence monoclonal antibody.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents discussed herein can be administered concurrently as a single composition in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or concurrently as separate compositions each in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents can be administered sequentially.
  • an anti-CTLA-4 antibody and a compound disclosed herein can be administered sequentially, such as anti-CTLA-4 antibody being administered first and a compound disclosed herein second, or a compound disclosed herein being administered first and anti-CTLA-4 antibody second.
  • an anti-PD-1 antibody and a compound disclosed herein can be administered sequentially, such as anti-PD-1 antibody being administered first and a compound disclosed herein second, or a compound disclosed herein being administered first and anti-PD-1 antibody second.
  • an anti-PD-Ll antibody and a compound disclosed herein can be administered sequentially, such as anti-PD-Ll antibody being administered first and a compound disclosed herein second, a compound disclosed herein being administered first and anti-PD-Ll antibody second.
  • the order of the sequential administration can be reversed or kept in the same order at each time point of administration, sequential administrations can be combined with concurrent administrations, or any combination thereof.
  • the combination of a compound disclosed herein can be further combined with an immunogenic agent, such as cancerous cells, purified tumor antigens (including recombinant proteins, peptides, and carbohydrate molecules), cells, and cells transfected with genes encoding immune stimulating cytokines.
  • an immunogenic agent such as cancerous cells, purified tumor antigens (including recombinant proteins, peptides, and carbohydrate molecules), cells, and cells transfected with genes encoding immune stimulating cytokines.
  • a compound disclosed herein can also be further combined with standard cancer treatments.
  • a compound disclosed herein can be effectively combined with chemotherapeutic regimens. In these instances, it is possible to reduce the dose of other chemotherapeutic reagent administered with the combination of the instant disclosure.
  • Other combination therapies with a compound disclosed herein include radiation, surgery, or hormone deprivation.
  • Angiogenesis inhibitors can also be combined with a compound disclosed herein. Inhibition of angiogenesis leads to tumor cell death, which can be a source of tumor antigen fed into host antigen presentation pathways.
  • a compound disclosed herein can be used in conjunction with anti-neoplastic antibodies.
  • treatment with an anti-cancer antibody or an anti-cancer antibody conjugated to a toxin can lead to cancer cell death (e.g., tumor cells) which would potentiate an immune response mediated by CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1 or a compound disclosed herein.
  • a treatment of a hyperproliferative disease can include an anti-cancer antibody in combination with a compound disclosed herein and anti-CTLA-4 and/or anti-PD-1 and/or anti-PD-Ll antibodies, concurrently or sequentially or any combination thereof, which can potentiate anti-tumor immune responses by the host.
  • Other antibodies that can be used to activate host immune responsiveness can be further used in combination with a compound disclosed herein.
  • a compound disclosed herein can be combined with an anti-CD73 therapy, such as an anti-CD73 antibody. Dosing and Method of Administration
  • the dose of a compound administered to an individual may vary with the particular compound or salt thereof, the method of administration, and the particular disease, such as type and stage of cancer, being treated.
  • the amount of the compound or salt thereof is a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the effective amount of the compound may in one aspect be a dose of between about 0.01 and about 100 mg/kg.
  • Effective amounts or doses of the compounds of the invention may be ascertained by routine methods, such as modeling, dose escalation, or clinical trials, taking into account routine factors, e.g., the mode or route of administration or drug delivery, the pharmacokinetics of the agent, the severity and course of the disease to be treated, the subject’s health status, condition, and weight.
  • An exemplary dose is in the range of about from about 0.7 mg to 7 g daily, or about 7 mg to 350 mg daily, or about 350 mg to 1.75 g daily, or about 1.75 to 7 g daily.
  • Any of the methods provided herein may in one aspect comprise administering to an individual a pharmaceutical composition that contains an effective amount of a compound provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a compound or composition of the invention may be administered to an individual in accordance with an effective dosing regimen for a desired period of time or duration, such as at least about one month, at least about 2 months, at least about 3 months, at least about 6 months, or at least about 12 months or longer, which in some variations may be for the duration of the individual’s life.
  • the compound is administered on a daily or intermittent schedule.
  • the compound can be administered to an individual continuously (for example, at least once daily) over a period of time.
  • the dosing frequency can also be less than once daily, e.g., about a once weekly dosing.
  • the dosing frequency can be more than once daily, e.g., twice or three times daily.
  • the dosing frequency can also be intermittent, including a ‘drug holiday’ (e.g., once daily dosing for 7 days followed by no doses for 7 days, repeated for any 14 day time period, such as about 2 months, about 4 months, about 6 months or more). Any of the dosing frequencies can employ any of the compounds described herein together with any of the dosages described herein.
  • a drug holiday e.g., once daily dosing for 7 days followed by no doses for 7 days, repeated for any 14 day time period, such as about 2 months, about 4 months, about 6 months or more.
  • the compounds provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, may be administered to an individual via various routes, including, e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, oral and transdermal.
  • a compound provided herein can be administered frequently at low doses, known as 'metronomic therapy,' or as part of a maintenance therapy using compound alone or in combination with one or more additional drugs.
  • Metronomic therapy or maintenance therapy can comprise administration of a compound provided herein in cycles.
  • Metronomic therapy or maintenance therapy can comprise intra-tumoral administration of a compound provided herein.
  • the invention provides a method of treating cancer in an individual by parenterally administering to the individual (e.g., a human) an effective amount of a compound or salt thereof.
  • the route of administration is intravenous, intra-arterial, intramuscular, or subcutaneous.
  • the route of administration is oral.
  • the route of administration is transdermal.
  • compositions including pharmaceutical compositions as described herein for the use in treating, preventing, and/or delaying the onset and/or development of cancer and other methods described herein.
  • the composition comprises a pharmaceutical formulation which is present in a unit dosage form.
  • articles of manufacture comprising a compound of the disclosure or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, composition, and unit dosages described herein in suitable packaging for use in the methods described herein.
  • suitable packaging is known in the art and includes, for example, vials, vessels, ampules, bottles, jars, flexible packaging and the like.
  • An article of manufacture may further be sterilized and/or sealed.
  • kits for carrying out the methods of the invention which comprises one or more compounds described herein or a composition comprising a compound described herein.
  • the kits may employ any of the compounds disclosed herein.
  • the kit employs a compound described herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
  • the kits may be used for any one or more of the uses described herein, and, accordingly, may contain instructions for the treatment of cancer.
  • Kits generally comprise suitable packaging.
  • the kits may comprise one or more containers comprising any compound described herein. Each component (if there is more than one component) can be packaged in separate containers or some components can be combined in one container where cross-reactivity and shelf life permit.
  • kits may be in unit dosage forms, bulk packages (e.g ., multi-dose packages) or sub-unit doses.
  • kits may be provided that contain sufficient dosages of a compound as disclosed herein and/or a second pharmaceutically active compound useful for a disease detailed herein to provide effective treatment of an individual for an extended period, such as any of a week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, or more.
  • Kits may also include multiple unit doses of the compounds and instructions for use and be packaged in quantities sufficient for storage and use in pharmacies (e.g., hospital pharmacies and compounding pharmacies).
  • kits may optionally include a set of instructions, generally written instructions, although electronic storage media (e.g., magnetic diskette or optical disk) containing instructions are also acceptable, relating to the use of component(s) of the methods of the present invention.
  • the instructions included with the kit generally include information as to the components and their administration to an individual.
  • Step-1 Preparation of Methyl 2-(4-bromo-2-fluoro-6- nitrophenylthio)acetate: To a stirred solution of methyl 2-mercaptoacetate (2.348 g, 22.151 mmol, 1.05 eq) in THF (50 mL) were added triethylamine (3.196 g, 31.645 mmol, 1.5 eq) and 5-bromo-l,2-difluoro-3 -nitrobenzene (5 g, 21.097 mmol, 1 eq) at RT and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR.
  • Step-2 Preparation of 6-Bromo-8-fluoro-2H -benzo[b ][l,4]thiazin-3(4H )-one:
  • Step-3 Preparation of 6-B romo-8-fluoro-4-isopropy 1-2H - benzo[b][l,4]thiazin-3(4H)-one: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-8-fluoro-2H - benzo[b ][l,4]thiazin-3(4H )-one (1 g, 3.831 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (276 mg, 11.493 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was heated up to 55 °C.
  • Step-4 Preparation of 6-Bromo-8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3.4-dihydro-2H - benzo[b][l,4]thiazine: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-2H - benzo[b ][l,4]thiazin-3(477)-one (235 mg, 0.775 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) at RT was added Borane DMS (177 mg, 2.33 mmol, 3.0 eq) at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred at RT for 10 minutes and then heated at to 55 °C for 5 h.
  • Step-5 Preparation of 8-Fluoro-4-isopropyl-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[d][l,4]thiazine: To a stirred solution of 6- bromo-8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3,4-dihydro-2H -benzo[b ][l,4]thiazine (200 mg, 0.692 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) were added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2- dioxaborolane) (193.3 mg, 0.761 mmol, 1.1 eq) and potassium acetate (203.5 mg, 2.076 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes
  • Step-6 Preparation of 6-(2-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-8-fluoro-4- isopropyl-3,4-dihydro-2H -benzo[d][l,4]thiazine: To a stirred solution of 8-fluoro-4- isopropyl-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H - bcnzo[b ][ 1 ,4]thiazinc (215 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1 eq) and 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidine (105.7 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (6 mL)-H 2 O (2 mL) was added K2CO3 (176 mg, 1.274 mmol, 2.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes.
  • K2CO3 176 mg,
  • Step-7 Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3, 4-dihydro-2H - benzo[d][l,4]thiazin-6-yl)-N -(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine:
  • Example S-2 Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(6-fluoro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[ 1 ,5-d] [ 1 ,4]oxazin-8- yl)-N-(5-( 1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine ( Compound 382)
  • Step-1 Preparation of 2-Amino-4-bromo-6-fluorophenol: To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoro-6-nitrophenol (10 g, 48.7 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (80 mL)-H 2 0 (20 mL) were added iron powder (13.66 g, 244 mmol, 5 eq) and ammonium chloride (13.17 g, 243.9 mmol, 5 eq) and the mixture was heated at 90 °C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS.
  • Step-2 Preparation of 6-Bromo-8-fluoro-2H -benzo[b ][l,4]oxazin-3(4H )-one:
  • Step-3 Preparation of Ethyl 8-Bromo-6-fluoro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[l,5- d][ 1,4] oxazine-3 -carboxylate: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-8-fluoro-2H - benzo[b ][l,4]oxazin-3(4/f)-one (2 g, 8.16 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added NaHMDS (IM in THF) (16.32 mL, 16.32 mmol, 2.0 eq) at -30 °C and the mixture was stirred at same temperature stir at same temp for 30 minutes.
  • IM in THF IM in THF
  • Step-4 Preparation of 8-Bromo-6-fluoro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[l,5- d][l,4]oxazine-3-carboxylic Acid: To a stirred solution of ethyl 8-bromo-6-fluoro-4/7- bcnzo[/?]imidazo [l,5- ⁇ 7][l,4]oxazine-3-carboxylate (800 mg, 2.35 mmol, 1.0 eq) in methanol: water (4:1) (10 mL), was added NaOH (471 mg, 11.76 mmol, 5.0 eq) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h.
  • Step-5 Preparation of 8-Bromo-6-fluoro-4H-benzo[d]imidazo[l,5- d][ 1,4] oxazine: A solution of 8-bromo-6-fluoro-4/7-benzo[Z>]imidazo[l,5- ⁇ 7][l,4]oxazine-3- carboxylic acid (500 mg, 1.6 mmol, 1 eq) in DMA (5mL) was irradiated under MW radiation at 165 °C for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by LCMS and TLC.
  • Step-6 Preparation of 6-Fluoro-8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)-4H-benzo[d]imidazo[l,5-d][l,4]oxazine: To a stirred solution of 8-bromo-6-fluoro-4/Z- benzo[Z?]imidazo[l,5-d ][ 1,4] oxazine (280 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (5mL) was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (318 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1.2 eq) and potassium acetate (255 mg, 2.6 mmol, 2.5 eq) and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen 10 min.
  • Step-7 Preparation of 8-(2-Chloro-5-fhioropyrimidin-4-yl)-6-fhioro-4H- benzo[d]imidazo[l,5-d][l,4]oxazine: To a stirred solution of 6-fluoro-8-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-4H -benzo[Z>]imidazo[l,5- ⁇ 7][l,4]oxazine (280 mg, 0.88 mmol, 1 eq) in THF: Water (2.1 mL: 6mL) were added 2 ,4-dichloro-5 -fluoropyrimidine (147 mg, 0.88 mmol, 1.0 eq), K2CO3 (304 mg, 2.2 mmol, 2.5 eq) and Pd(PPh3)4 (51 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.05 eq) and the mixture was heated
  • Step-8 Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(6-fhioro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[l,5- d][ L4]oxazin-8-yl)- ⁇ -(5-( l-inethylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine: To a solution of 8-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-6-fluoro-4H -benzo[h]imidazo[l,5- ⁇ i][l,4]oxazine (100 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (5 mL) was added 5-(l- methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-amine (66 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.1 eq) and cesium carbonate (152 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the mixture was degassed
  • Example S-3 Preparation of 5-Eluoro-4-(4-fluoro- 1 -isopropyl- / H -benz.o[d] imidaz.ol-6-yl )- N-(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine ( Compound 383)
  • Step-1 Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-fluoro-H -isopropyl-2-nitroaniline: To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-l,3-difluoro-2-nitrobenzene (10 g, 42.194 mmol, 1 eq) in THF
  • Step-3 Preparation of 6-Bromo-4-fluoro- 1 -isopropyl- 1H --benzo
  • Step-4 Preparation 4-Fluoro-l-isopropyl-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-benzo[d]imidazole: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-4-fluoro-l- isopropyl- l H-bcnzoL/J imidazole (400 mg, 1.562 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (5 mL), was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5'-heptamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (436 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1.1 eq) and potassium acetate (460 mg, 4.67 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes.
  • Step-5 Preparation of 6-(2-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-4-fluoro-l- isopropyl-lH-benzo[d]imidazole: To a stirred solution of 4-fluoro- l-isopropyl-6-(4, 4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H -benzo[d ]imidazole (400 mg, 1.315 mmol, 1 eq) and 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidine (218 mg, 1.305 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (6 mL)-H20 (2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (363 mg, 2.41 mmol, 2.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes.
  • Step-6 Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(4-fhioro-l-isopropyl-lH- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)-V-(5-( l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine:
  • Step-1 Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-fluoro-/V-isopropyl-2-nitroaniline: To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-l,3-difluoro-2-nitrobenzene (5 g, 21.09 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (50 mL) at RT, was added sequentially CS2CO3 (6.877 g, 21.097 mmol, 1.0 eq) and isopropyl amine (1.12 g, 18.987 mmol, 0.9 eq) at 0 °C. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 2 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with water (35 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 2). Organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford crude. Crude was purified by Combi-Flash to afford desired product (3.73 g, 64%).
  • Step-2 Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-fluoro-./V 1 -isopropylbenzene-l, 2-diamine:
  • reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and the resulting filtrate was dilute with water (30 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 2). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the desired product (2.88 g, 87%).
  • LCMS 247.2 [M+H] + , 249.2 [M+2H] + .
  • Step-3 Preparation of 7-Bromo-5-fluoro-l-isopropyl-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin- 2(1H )-one: To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-/V 1 -isopropylbenzene- 1,2-diamine (1.44 g, 5.853 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (15 mL) was added triethylamine (770 mg, 7.608 mmol 1.3 eq) and Ethyl 2-bromoacetate (1270 mg, 7.608 mmol, 1.3 eq) at RT.
  • reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 24 h and then raised temperature to 120 °C for 8 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL x 3). Organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to get crude. The crude product was purified by Combi-Flash to afford the desired product (389 mg, 23%). LCMS: 287.3 [M+H] + , 289.3 [M+2H] + .
  • Step-4 Preparation of 7-Bromo-5-fluoro- l-isopropylquinoxalin-2( 1H )-one:
  • Step-5 Preparation of 8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-6- ylboronic acid: To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-5-fluoro-l-isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one (400 mg, 1.408 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (6 mL), was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl- 2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (393 mg, 1.548 mmol, 1.1 eq) and potassium acetate (414 mg, 4.22 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT.
  • Step-6 Preparation of 7-(2-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-l- isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one: To a stirred solution of (8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3-oxo-3,4- dihydroquinoxalin-6-yl)boronic acid (70 mg, 0.280 mmol, 1 eq) and 2,4-dichloro-5- fluoropyrimidine (46.5 mg, 0.280 mmol, leq) in THF (2 mL) and Water (0.7 mL), was added K2CO3 (96.6 mg, 0.700 mmol, 2.5 eq) at RT, followed by nitrogen purging for 10 minutes.
  • 8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3-oxo-3,4- dihydroquinoxalin-6-yl)boronic acid 70 mg, 0.280 mmol, 1 eq
  • Step-7 Preparation of 5-Fluoro-7-(5-fluoro-2-(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4- yl)pyridin-2-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)-l-isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one: To a solution of 7-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-l-isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one (200 mg, 0.595 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (4 mL), was added 5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2- amine (124.9 mg, 0.654 mmol, 1.1 eq) at RT.
  • IC50 values of compounds against CDK4 and CDK6 are determined by luminescence using retinoblastoma as substrate.
  • Kinase assays are performed in kinase buffer (#PV6135, Invitrogen, Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 30 ⁇ L/well in 96-well half area white plates (#3693, Costar).
  • 25xtest compounds at specific concentrations (e.g., final concentration range: 0.1 nM - 200 nM) is mixed with 10 ⁇ L/ of 2.5xkinase (5 nM, CDK4 #PR8064A and CDK6 #PR8422B,
  • Readings are taken at 15 min and 45 min incubation after detection reagent is added in a Synergy Neo Plate reader (BioTek, Winooski, VT) at single excitation of 340 nm and Dual emission at 495 nm and 520 nm respectively.
  • the following equations are used in the CDK4 and CDK6 assay data analysis. Percent inhibition (100 -% activity) is fitted to the “four-parameter logistic model” in XLfit for determination of IC50 values.
  • IC50 values of compounds against CDK1 are determined by Z'- LYTETM. These screening assays are performed at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) on a low volume NBS, black 384-well plate (#4514, Corning).
  • 0.1 ⁇ L/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 ⁇ L/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRU-35, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM EGTA), 5 ⁇ L/ of 2x Kinase (3.5 - 46.4 ng CDKl/cyclin B)/Peptide (2 pM Ser/Thr 18), and 2.5 ⁇ L/ of 4xATP solution (34 ⁇ M).
  • Kinase Buffer 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRU-35, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 1 mM EGTA
  • 5 ⁇ L/ of 2x Kinase 3.5 - 46.4 ng CDKl/cyclin B)/Peptide (2 pM Ser/Thr 18
  • 2.5 ⁇ L/ of 4xATP solution 34 ⁇ M
  • IC50 values of compounds against CDK2 are determined by Z'- LYTETM. These screening assays are performed at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) on a low volume NBS, black 384-well plate (#4514, Corning).
  • 0.1 ⁇ L/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 ⁇ L/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRU-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA), 5 ⁇ L/ of 2x Kinase (E22 - 10.3 ng CDK2/cyclin A)/Peptide (2 pM Ser/Thr 12), and 2.5 ⁇ L/ of 4xATP solution (31 pM).
  • Kinase Buffer 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRU-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA
  • 2.5 ⁇ L/ of 4xATP solution 31 pM
  • IC50 values of compounds against CDK5 are determined by Z'-LYTETM. These screening assays are performed at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) on a low volume NBS, black 384-well plate (#4514, Corning).
  • 0.1 ⁇ L/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 ⁇ L/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA), 5 ⁇ L/ of 2x Kinase (0.18 - 2 ng CDK5/p25)/Peptide (2 pM Ser/Thr 12), and 2.5 ⁇ L/ of 4xATP solution (17 pM).
  • Kinase Buffer 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA
  • 2.5 ⁇ L/ of 4xATP solution 17.
  • Development Reagent Solution (5 ⁇ L/ of 1:4096 dilution) is added to the plates followed with another 30- second plate shake and the plates are further incubated at room temperature for one hour. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 445 nm and 520 nm.
  • FI Fluorescence Intensity
  • Cioo% Average Coumarin emission signal of the 100% Phos. Control
  • Co% Average Coumarin emission signal of the 0% Phos.
  • Fioo% Average Fluorescein emission signal of the 100% Phos.
  • Fo% Average Fluorescein emission signal of the 0% Phos.
  • DRI Development Reaction Interference
  • TCFI Test Compound Fluorescence Interference
  • IC50 values of compounds against CDK7 are determined by AdaptaTM Assay at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 10 ⁇ L//well in low volume, white 384-well plate (#4512, Coming).
  • 0.100 ⁇ L/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 ⁇ L/ of HEPES (30 mM), 2.5 ⁇ L/ of 4x ATP solution (153 pM) and 5 ⁇ L/ of 2x Substrate/Kinase mixture (the 2x CDK7/cyclin H/MNAT1 / CDK7/9tide mixture is prepared in 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA).
  • the final 10 ⁇ L/ Kinase Reaction consists of 5 - 38.75 ng CDK7/cyclin H/MNAT1 and 200 pM CDK7/9tide in 32.5 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.005% BRIJ-35, 5 mM MgCh, 0.5 mM EGTA.
  • the plates are shaken for 30 seconds, centrifuged for 1 min at lOOOxg, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature.
  • Detection Mix prepared in TR-FRET Dilution Buffer; the Detection mix consists of EDTA (30 mM), Eu-anti-ADP antibody (6 nM) and ADP tracer, and contains the EC 6 0 concentration of tracer for 5-150 pM ATP) is added to the plates followed with another 30-second plate shake and centrifugation for 1 min at lOOOxg, and the plates are further incubated at room temperature for one hour. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 615 nm and 665 nm.
  • the following equations are used for AdaptaTM Assay Data Analysis.
  • the ATP/ADP standard curve is fit to model number 205 (sigmoidal dose-response model) in XLfit.
  • the dose response curve is also curve fit to model number 205.
  • IC50 values of compounds against CDK2 are determined by LanthaScreenTM Eu Kinase Binding Assay at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 16 ⁇ L//well in low volume, white 384-well plates (#784207, Greiner).
  • 0.16 ⁇ L/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 3.84 ⁇ L/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRLf-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA), 8.0 ⁇ L/ of 2x Kinase (2.5 nM)/Antibody (Eu-anti-GST, 2 nM) Mixture and 4.0 ⁇ L/ of 4 x Tracer (Tracer 236, 100 nM).
  • the plates are shaken for 30 seconds, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature.
  • the plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 615 nm and 665 nm.
  • IC50 values of compounds against FMS kinase are determined by LanthaScreenTM Eu Kinase Binding Assay at Invitrogen (Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 10 ⁇ L/ in low-volume 384-well plates (#4511, Coming). Serially diluted compounds (3-fold) are incubated with kinase (1.25 nM) for 10 min, following which a mixture of ATP (10 mM) (#A1852, Sigma, St-Louis, MO) and fluorescent-PolyGT substrate (200 nM) (#PV3610, Invitrogen, Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) is added and incubated in dark at room temperature for 1H.
  • IC50 values of compounds against the PI3K5 kinase are determined by an assay performed by Reaction Biology Corporation (Malvern, PA). Briefly, this assay is conducted in buffer (Tris-HCl 40 mM (pH7.5), Orthovanadate 3 mM, MgCh 20 mM, DTT 2 mM, CHAPS 0.05%, DMSO 1%). PI3K5 kinase is added to the reaction solution and mixed gently.
  • test compounds in 100% DMSO are mixed with the kinase reaction mixture to achieve the final compounds at pre-defined concentrations (e.g., range - 0.5 nM to 100 mM) by Acoustic technology (Echo550; nanoliter range).
  • concentrations e.g., range - 0.5 nM to 100 mM
  • ATP is added into the reaction mixture to initiate the reaction followed by a 30-min incubation at 30°C.
  • ADP-Glo reagent After quenching the reaction with ADP-Glo reagent, the plates are incubated for 40 min. The Detection Mixture is added, and the plate is incubated for an additional 30 min. At the end of incubation, luminescence is measured. For data analysis, the luminescence is converted into mM ADP production based on ADP standard curves. The nonlinear regression to obtain the standard curve and IC50 values is performed using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software, Inc., San Diego, CA).
  • IC50 values of compounds against CDK12 are determined by KinaseProfilerTM radiometric protein kinase assay at Eurofins Pharma Discovery (Dundee, UK). Compounds are prepared to 50x final assay concentration in 100% DMSO. This working stock of the compound is added to the assay well as the first component in each reaction. CDK12/Cyclin K is diluted in buffer (20 mM TRIS, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1% b- mercaptoethanol, 0.01% Brij-35, 5% glycerol, 1 mg/ml BSA) prior to addition to the reaction mix.
  • CDK12/Cyclin K is incubated with 20 mM Tris/HCl pH 8.5, 0.2 mM EDTA, 300 pM RSRSRSRSRSRSR, 10 mM Magnesium acetate and [g- 33 R-ATR] (specific activity and concentration as required).
  • the reaction is initiated by the addition of the Mg/ ATP mix. After incubation for 120 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of phosphoric acid to a concentration of 0.5%. 10 pi of the stopped reaction is spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed four times for 4 minutes in 0.425% phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting. Results are calculated as a percentage of the mean kinase activity in positive control samples. Data are fitted in XLfit for determination of IC50 values.
  • A ⁇ 100 nM
  • B 100 nM - 500 nM
  • C 501 nM - 1000 nM
  • D >1000 nM
  • Example B2 Determination of potency of compounds in cancer cell proliferation assay as a single agent.
  • test compounds were studied in two breast cancer cell lines of different subtype.
  • the cancer cells (Table below) are harvested during the logarithmic growth period and counted. Cell concentrations are adjusted to the appropriate number with respective medium and 90 ⁇ L/ cell suspensions are added to 96-well plates. After cells are seeded, the plates are shaken gently to distribute cells evenly and incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 on day 1.
  • Cells are treated with test compounds at 7 to 9 concentrations within a desired concentration range (e.g. 1.1 nM - 10 mM) on day 2 by series diluting the test compound stock solution (10 mM in DMSO) with culture medium. Treatment duration was 144H (with a medium change at 72H) for both MCF-7 and DU4475 cells. Cell viability is assessed by Cell Titer-Glo® as recommended by Promega (Cat. No.: G7572), or by resazurin assay (Sigma Aldrich, Cat. No.: R7017) post treatment.
  • a desired concentration range e.g. 1.1 nM - 10 mM
  • Treatment duration was 144H (with a medium change at 72H) for both MCF-7 and DU4475 cells.
  • Cell viability is assessed by Cell Titer-Glo® as recommended by Promega (Cat. No.: G7572), or by resazurin assay (Sigma Aldrich, Cat
  • test compounds are studied in additional cell lines of various histotypes, such as A549 lung adenocarcinoma, HCT-116 colorectal carcinoma, ZR-75-30 breast ductal carcinoma, Hs-578T breast epithelia carcinoma and BT-549 breast ductal carcinoma cells.
  • the cancer cells are harvested during the logarithmic growth period and counted. Cell concentrations are adjusted to the appropriate number with suitable medium, and 90 ⁇ L/ cell suspensions are added to 96-well plates. After cells are seeded, the plates are shaken gently to distribute cells evenly and incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 on day 1. Cells are treated with test compounds at typically 7-9 concentrations within a desired concentration range (e.g.
  • test compounds are studied in the same and/or other cancer cell lines using similar proliferation methods with possible variations in cell seeding densities and/or incubation durations.
  • the cell cycle phase distribution post treatment of test compounds is studied using flow cytometer using DAPI staining.
  • Cellular senescence is evaluated after continuously treating cells for a long time (e.g., 14 days) followed by staining cells lines for Senescence associated-P-galactosidase (SApGAL).
  • SApGAL Senescence associated-P-galactosidase

Abstract

Heterocyclic compounds as CDK4 or CDK6 or other CDK inhibitors are provided. The compounds may find use as therapeutic agents for the treatment of diseases and may find particular use in oncology.

Description

HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS KINASE INHIBITORS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/183,520, filed on May 3, 2021, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF INVENTION
[0002] This disclosure relates generally to therapeutics which play a crucial role in the control of the cell cycle and more particularly, compounds that inhibit cyclin-dependent kinases (CDK). The disclosure also provides pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present disclosure and methods of using said compositions in the treatment of diseases associated with these pathways.
BACKGROUND
[0003] The cell cycle is a period between the successive divisions of a cell. During this period, the contents of the cell must be accurately replicated. The processes that permit the cell to divide are very precisely controlled by a multitude of enzymatic reactions amongst which the protein kinase-triggered protein phosphorylation plays a major role. In eukaryotes, there are four main stages/phases of cell cycle namely the Gap-1 (Gl) phase, Synthesis (S) phase, Gap-2 (G2) and Mitosis (M) phases. An extended phase of Gap-1 phase is coined as Gap-0 (GO) phase or Resting phase (Cancers 2014, 6, 2224-2242).
[0004] Uncontrolled proliferation is the hallmark of cancer and other proliferative disorders and abnormal cell cycle regulation is, therefore, common in these diseases. Cyclin- dependent kinases (CDK) constitute a heterodimeric family of serine/threonine protein kinases involved in cell cycle and transcription. They include two main groups: cell cycle CDK and transcriptional CDK. The functionality of CDK depends on specific interactions with regulatory proteins named cyclins which form heterodimeric complexes with their partners. These complexes are important regulators of the cellular processes, especially in the cell cycle progression.
[0005] The human proteome contains 20 CDK along with 29 cyclins. CDK1, CDK2, CDK4 and CDK6 are generally considered cell cycle CDK, whereas CDK7, CDK8, CDK9 and CDK11 are mainly involved in transcription regulation (Genome Biol 2014; 15(6): 122, Nat Cell Biol 2009; 11(11): 1275-6). CDK5 is the prototype of atypical CDK: it is activated by the non-cyclin proteins p35 (or Cdk5Rl) and p39 (or Cdk5R2) and has unique post-mitotic functions in neuronal biology, angiogenesis and cell differentiation. Proliferative signals induce the transition from the GO or G1 phases into S phase through the activation of the structurally related CDK4 and CDK6 [Development, 2013;140 (15):3079-93, Biochem Pharmacol 2012;84(8):985-93, Nature 2014;510(7505):393-6]. The binding of cyclin D to CDK4 and to CDK6 promotes the phosphorylation of the transcriptional repressor retinoblastoma protein (RBI).
[0006] CDK hyperactivity is often observed in cancer, reflecting their prominent role in cell cycle and transcription regulation. In cancer cells, the process of cell division becomes unregulated, resulting in uncontrolled growth that leads to the development of a tumor. A number of mechanisms contribute to the dysregulation of the cell cycle in malignant cells, including the amplification and hyperactivity of CDK4/6, or their genomic instability, which might cause CDK4/6 to become oncogenic drivers of cell replication. Usurping these mechanisms, cancer cells can continue to replicate by triggering the G1 to S phase transition. This process appears to be facilitated by a shortening of the G1 phase. In a cancer cell, CDK4/6 antagonizes intrinsic tumor suppression mechanisms including cell senescence and apoptosis, which further augments the growth of a tumor. Cancer cells also upregulate other CDK and cyclins and decrease suppressive mechanisms such as intrinsic CDK inhibitors and tumor suppressor proteins. The overall effect of this type of cell cycle dysregulation is malignant cell proliferation and the development of cancer (Clinical Breast Cancer, 2016, 1526-8209).
[0007] Several CDK inhibitors have been reported (such as in WO2011101409 and WO201 1101417) or clinically developed. Flavopiridol and R-Roscovitine (Seliciclib), were the first generation of pan-CDK inhibitors with anti-tumor activity attributed to down- regulation of CDK9-mediated anti-apoptotic proteins, especially Mcl-1. Recently, a new generation of CDK inhibitors have been developed, advanced to clinical trials, and approved for certain types of cancer. Dinaciclib, a selective inhibitor of CDK1, CDK2, CDK5, and CDK9, was directed towards refractory chronic lymphocytic leukemia while palbociclib was tested against advanced estrogen receptor (ER)-positive breast cancer as a selective inhibitor of CDK4 and CDK6. The development of more selective second and third generation CDK inhibitors, including specific CDK4/6 inhibitors, has led to a renewed enthusiasm for manipulating the cyclin D1-CDK4/6 axis in cancer treatment. There are three FDA-approved CDK4/6 inhibitors presently: Palbociclib, Ribociclib and Abemaciclib. [0008] The development of therapies, including monotherapies, for treatment of proliferative disorders using a therapeutic targeted generically at CDK, or specifically at dual inhibition of CDK4 and CDK6, is therefore potentially highly desirable.
[0009] There is still a need for new CDK4/6 inhibitors. Compounds for the treatment of hyper-proliferative diseases preferably have at least one advantageous property selected from selectivity, potency, stability, pharmacodynamic properties and safety profile. In this regard, a novel class of CDK4/6 inhibitors is provided herein.
BRIEF SUMMARY
[0010] In one aspect, provided is a compound of Formula (J):
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein
Figure imgf000004_0002
Q1, Q2, Z, R1, R2, R3, R4, 1, m, and n are as detailed herein.
[0011] In some embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000004_0004
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein
Figure imgf000004_0003
Q1, Q2, A, B, F, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, n, p, and q are as detailed herein.
[0012] In some embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula (II):
Figure imgf000004_0005
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein O , ,1, Q2, C, D, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, n, p, and q are as detailed herein.
[0013] In another aspect, provided is a compound of Formula (K):
Figure imgf000005_0001
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein R1, R3, R4, 1, m, and Z are as detailed herein.
[0014] In some embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula (K-I):
Figure imgf000005_0002
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein A, B, L, R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, p, and q are as detailed herein.
[0015] In some embodiments, provided is a compound of Formula (K-II):
Figure imgf000005_0003
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein C, D, R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, p, and q are as detailed herein.
[0016] In another aspect, provided is a method of treating cancer in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as detailed herein. Also provided is a method of modulating CDK4/6 in an individual, comprising administering to the individual a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing. Also provided is a method of modulating CDK4/6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9 in an individual, comprising administering to the individual a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing. Also provided is a method of inhibiting CDK4/6 in a cell, comprising administering a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, to the cell. Also provided is a method of inhibiting CDK4/6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9 in a cell, comprising administering a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, to the cell. In some embodiments of the methods detailed herein, the methods comprise administration of a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, as a monotherapy.
[0017] In another aspect, provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound detailed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. Kits comprising a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, are also provided. Kits may optionally include instructions for use, such as instructions for use in any of the methods detailed herein, for example, for use in the treatment of cancer. A compound as detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, is also provided for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definitions
[0018] As used in the present specification, the following words, phrases and symbols are generally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, except to the extent that the context in which they are used indicates otherwise.
[0019] The term “about” refers to a variation of ±1%, ±3%, ±5%, or ±10% of the value specified. For example, “about 50” can in some embodiments includes a range of from 45 to 55. For integer ranges, the term “about” can include one or two integers greater than and/or less than a recited integer at each end of the range. Unless indicated otherwise herein, the term “about” is intended to include values, e.g., weight percentages, proximate to the recited range that are equivalent in terms of the functionality of the individual ingredient, the composition, or the embodiment. Also, the singular forms “a” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, e.g., reference to “the compound” includes a plurality of such compounds and includes reference to one or more compounds and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art.
[0020] “Alkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched saturated hydrocarbon chain. As used herein, alkyl has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (C1-20 alkyl or C1-C20 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C1-s alkyl or C1-C8 alkyl), 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C1-6 alkyl or C1-C6 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (Ci -4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkyl). Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl. When an alkyl residue having a specific number of carbons is named by chemical name or identified by molecular formula, all positional isomers having that number of carbons may be encompassed; thus, for example, “butyl” includes n-butyl (i.e. -(CH2)3CH3), sec-butyl (i.e. -CH(CH3)CH2CH3), iso-butyl (i.e. -CH2CH(CH3)2) and tert-butyl (i.e. -C(CH3)3); and “propyl” includes n-propyl (i.e. -(CH2)2CH3) and isopropyl (i.e. - CH(CH3)2).
[0021] “Haloalkyl” refers to an unbranched or branched alkyl group as defined above, wherein one or more (e.g., 1 to 6 or 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen. For example, where a residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of halogen moieties attached. Dihaloalkyl and trihaloalkyl refer to alkyl substituted with two (“di”) or three (“tri”) halo groups, which may be, but are not necessarily, the same halogen. Examples of haloalkyl include difluoromethyl (-CHF2) and trifluoromethyl (-CF3).
[0022] “Alkenyl” as used herein refers to an unsaturated linear or branched hydrocarbon chain or combination thereof, having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation (i.e., having at least one moiety of the formula C=C). The alkenyl group may be in “cis” or “trans” configurations, or alternatively in “E” or “Z” configurations. Particular alkenyl groups are those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (C2-2o alkenyl or C2-C2o alkenyl), having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (C2-8 alkenyl or C2-C8 alkenyl), having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (C2-6 alkenyl or C2-C6 alkenyl), or having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (C2-4 alkenyl or C2-C4 alkenyl). Examples of alkenyl include, but are not limited to, groups such as ethenyl (or vinyl), prop-l-enyl, prop-2-enyl (or allyl), 2-methylprop-l-enyl, but-l-enyl, but-2-enyl, but-3-enyl, buta-l,3-dienyl, 2- methylbuta-l,3-dienyl, homologs and isomers thereof, and the like.
[0023] “Alkylene” as used herein refers to the same residues as alkyl, but having bivalency. Particular alkylene groups are those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C1-6 alkylene or C1-C6 alkylene), 1 to 5 carbon atoms (C1-5 alkylene or C1-C5 alkylene), 1 to 4 carbon atoms (C1 -4 alkylene or C1-C4 alkylene) or 1 to 3 carbon atoms (C1-3 alkylene or C1-C3 alkylene). Examples of alkylene include, but are not limited to, groups such as methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-CH2CH2CH2-), butylene (-CH2CH2CH2CH2-), and the like.
[0024] “Alkoxy” refers to the group “-O-alkyl”. Examples of alkoxy groups include, without limitation, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec- butoxy, npentoxy, n-hexoxy and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
[0025] “Alkynyl” as used herein refers to an unsaturated linear or branched hydrocarbon chain or combination thereof, having at least one site of acetylenic unsaturation (i.e., having at least one moiety of the formula CºC). Particular alkynyl groups are those having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (C2-20 alkynyl or C2-C20 alkynyl), having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (C2-8 alkynyl or C2-C8 alkynyl), having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (C2-6 alkynyl or C2-C6 alkynyl), or having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (C2-4 alkynyl or C2-C4 alkynyl). Examples of alkynyl include, but are not limited to, groups such as ethynyl (or acetylenyl), prop-l-ynyl, prop-2-ynyl (or propargyl), but-l-ynyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl, homologs and isomers thereof, and the like.
[0026] “Aryl” refers to and includes polyunsaturated aromatic hydrocarbon groups. Aryl may contain additional fused rings (e.g., from 1 to 3 rings). In one variation, the aryl group contains from 6 to 14 annular carbon atoms (“C6-C14 aryl”),. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, and anthryl. Aryl, however, does not encompass or overlap in any way with heteroaryl defined below. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heteroaryl, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl. If one or more aryl groups are fused with a heterocyclyl, the resulting ring system is heterocyclyl.
[0027] “Carbonyl” refers to the group C=0.
[0028] “Cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group having a single ring or multiple rings including fused, bridged and spiro ring systems. The term “cycloalkyl” includes cycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the cyclic group having at least one double bond) and carbocyclic fused ring systems having at least one sp3 carbon atom (i.e., at least one non-aromatic ring). As used herein, cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 ring carbon atoms (C3-20 cycloalkyl or C3-C20 cycloalkyl), 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (C3-12 cycloalkyl or C3-C12 cycloalkyl), 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-C10 cycloalkyl), 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (C3-8 cycloalkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl), or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (C3-6 cycloalkyl or C3-C6 cycloalkyl). Monocyclic groups include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Further, the term cycloalkyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic cyclic alkyl ring which may be fused to an aryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule.
[0029] “Halo” or “halogen” refers to elements of the Group 17 series having atomic number 9 to 85. Preferred halo groups include fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
[0030] “Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group having a single ring, multiple rings or multiple fused rings, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. As used herein, heteroaryl includes 1 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 8 carbon ring atoms, and 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In certain instances, heteroaryl includes 5- to 12- membered, 5- to 10- membered ring systems, 5- to 7- membered ring systems, or 5- to 6- membered ring systems, each independently having 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Any aromatic ring, having a single or multiple fused rings, containing at least one heteroatom, is considered a heteroaryl regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule (i.e., through any one of the fused rings). Heteroaryl does not encompass or overlap with aryl as defined above.
[0031] “Heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic alkyl group, with one or more ring heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The term “heterocyclyl” includes heterocycloalkenyl groups (i.e., the heterocyclyl group having at least one double bond), bicyclic heterocyclic groups, such as bridged-heterocyclyl groups, fused-heterocyclyl groups and spiro-heterocyclyl groups. A heterocyclyl may be a single ring or multiple rings wherein the multiple rings may be fused, bridged or spiro, and may comprise one or more (e.g., 1 to 3) oxo (=0) or N-oxide (-0 ) moieties. Any nonaromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom is considered a heterocyclyl, regardless of the attachment (i.e., can be bound through a carbon atom or a heteroatom). Further, the term heterocyclyl is intended to encompass any non-aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom, which ring may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring, regardless of the attachment to the remainder of the molecule. As used herein, heterocyclyl has 2 to 20 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 10 ring carbon atoms, 2 to 8 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms, or 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms; and 1 to 5 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen. In certain instances, heteroaryl includes 3- to 12- membered, 5- to 10- membered ring systems, 5- to 7- membered ring systems, or 5- to 6- membered ring systems, each independently having 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms, 1 to 2 ring heteroatoms, or 1 ring heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The term “heterocyclyl” also includes “spiroheterocyclyl” when there are two positions for substitution on the same carbon atom. In certain embodiments, the term “bicyclic heterocyclic” encompasses fused- heterocyclyl groups.
[0032] “Oxo” refers to the moiety =0.
[0033] “Optionally substituted” unless otherwise specified means that a group may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) of the substituents listed for that group in which the substituents may be the same of different, provided that the group’s normal valence is not exceeded. In one embodiment, an optionally substituted group has one substituent. In another embodiment, an optionally substituted group has two substituents. In another embodiment, an optionally substituted group has three substituents. In another embodiment, an optionally substituted group has four substituents. In some embodiments, an optionally substituted group has 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 3 to 5, 2 to 3, 2 to 4, 3 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 4 or 1 to 5 substituents.
[0034] As used herein “CDK” refers to one or more cyclin-dependent kinases. CDK4/6 refers to both CDK4 and CDK6. Thus, inhibitors of CDK4/6 inhibit both CDK4 and CDK6.
[0035] A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical formulation, other than an active ingredient, which is nontoxic to a subject.
A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a buffer, excipient, stabilizer, or preservative.
[0036] As used herein, “treatment” or “treating” is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired results including clinical results. For example, beneficial or desired results include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: decreasing symptoms resulting from the disease, increasing the quality of life of those suffering from the disease, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, delaying the progression of the disease, and/or prolonging survival of individuals. In reference to cancers or other unwanted cell proliferation, beneficial or desired results include shrinking a tumor (reducing tumor size); decreasing the growth rate of the tumor (such as to suppress tumor growth); reducing the number of cancer cells; inhibiting, retarding or slowing to some extent and preferably stopping cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibiting (slowing to some extent and preferably stopping) tumor metastasis; inhibiting tumor growth; preventing or delaying occurrence and/or recurrence of tumor; and/or relieving to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer. In some embodiments, beneficial or desired results include preventing or delaying occurrence and/or recurrence, such as of unwanted cell proliferation.
[0037] As used herein, “delaying development of a disease” means to defer, hinder, slow, retard, stabilize, and/or postpone development of the disease (such as cancer). This delay can be of varying lengths of time, depending on the history of the disease and/or individual being treated. As is evident to one skilled in the art, a sufficient or significant delay can, in effect, encompass prevention, in that the individual does not develop the disease. For example, a late stage cancer, such as development of metastasis, may be delayed.
[0038] As used herein, an “effective dosage” or “effective amount” of compound or salt thereof or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results. For prophylactic use, beneficial or desired results include results such as eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity of, or delaying the onset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease. For therapeutic use, beneficial or desired results include ameliorating, palliating, lessening, delaying or decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease, increasing the quality of life of those suffering from the disease, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing effect of another medication such as via targeting, delaying the progression of the disease, and/or prolonging survival. In reference to cancers or other unwanted cell proliferation, an effective amount comprises an amount sufficient to cause a tumor to shrink and/or to decrease the growth rate of the tumor (such as to suppress tumor growth) or to prevent or delay other unwanted cell proliferation. In some embodiments, an effective amount is an amount sufficient to delay development. In some embodiments, an effective amount is an amount sufficient to prevent or delay occurrence and/or recurrence. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, in the case of cancer, the effective amount of the drug or composition may: (i) reduce the number of cancer cells; (ii) reduce tumor size; (iii) inhibit, retard, slow to some extent and preferably stop cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; (iv) inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumor metastasis; (v) inhibit tumor growth; (vi) prevent or delay occurrence and/or recurrence of tumor; and/or (vii) relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer. An effective dosage can be administered in one or more administrations. For purposes of this disclosure, an effective dosage of compound or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly. It is intended and understood that an effective dosage of a compound or salt thereof, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition. Thus, an “effective dosage” may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
[0039] As used herein, the term “individual” is a mammal, including humans. An individual includes, but is not limited to, human, bovine, horse, feline, canine, rodent, or primate. In some embodiments, the individual is human. The individual (such as a human) may have advanced disease or lesser extent of disease, such as low tumor burden. In some embodiments, the individual is at an early stage of a proliferative disease (such as cancer). In some embodiments, the individual is at an advanced stage of a proliferative disease (such as an advanced cancer).
[0040] As used herein, by “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., the material may be incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition administered to a patient without causing any significant undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the composition in which it is contained. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients have preferably met the required standards of toxicological and manufacturing testing and/or are included on the Inactive Ingredient Guide prepared by the U.S. Food and Drug administration. [0041] “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” are those salts which retain at least some of the biological activity of the free (non- salt) compound and which can be administered as drugs or pharmaceuticals to an individual. Such salts, for example, include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base. Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like. Further examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those listed in Berge et ah, Pharmaceutical Salts, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977 Jan;66(l):T19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared in situ in the manufacturing process, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the disclosure in its free acid or base form with a suitable organic or inorganic base or acid, respectively, and isolating the salt thus formed during subsequent purification.
[0042] The term “excipient” as used herein means an inert or inactive substance that may be used in the production of a drug or pharmaceutical, such as a tablet containing a compound of the disclosure as an active ingredient. Various substances may be embraced by the term excipient, including without limitation any substance used as a binder, disintegrant, coating, compression/encapsulation aid, cream or lotion, lubricant, solutions for parenteral administration, materials for chewable tablets, sweetener or flavoring, suspending/gelling agent, or wet granulation agent. Binders include, e.g., carbomers, povidone, xanthan gum, etc.; coatings include, e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate, ethylcellulose, gellan gum, maltodextrin, enteric coatings, etc.; compression/encapsulation aids include, e.g., calcium carbonate, dextrose, fructose dc (dc=“directly compressible”), honey dc, lactose (anhydrate or monohydrate; optionally in combination with aspartame, cellulose, or microcrystalline cellulose), starch dc, sucrose, etc.; disintegrants include, e.g., croscarmellose sodium, gellan gum, sodium starch glycolate, etc.; creams or lotions include, e.g., maltodextrin, carrageenans, etc.; lubricants include, e.g., magnesium stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, etc.; materials for chewable tablets include, e.g., dextrose, fructose dc, lactose (monohydrate, optionally in combination with aspartame or cellulose), etc.; suspending/gelling agents include, e.g., carrageenan, sodium starch glycolate, xanthan gum, etc.; sweeteners include, e.g., aspartame, dextrose, fructose dc, sorbitol, sucrose dc, etc.; and wet granulation agents include, e.g., calcium carbonate, maltodextrin, microcrystalline cellulose, etc.
[0043] It is understood that embodiments, aspects and variations described herein also include “consisting” and/or “consisting essentially of’ embodiments, aspects and variations.
Compounds
[0044] In one aspect, provided is a compound of Formula (J):
Figure imgf000014_0002
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein:
Q1 is C, CH, CH2, S(0)O-2, N, or NH;
Q2 is C, CH, CH2, N, or NH; indicates a partially saturated or fully saturated ring;
Figure imgf000014_0001
A is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5;
L is a bond, -CR11 R12-, -0-, -S-, -S(0)2-, -C(O)-, -NR10-, -S(0)2NR10-, or - NR10SO2-;
B is hydrogen, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7- membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6;
C is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein C is fused to D; and D is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6;
R1 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3- C12 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C6- Ci4 aryl, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl), -C(0)R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl) or -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C6-Ci4 aryl), wherein R1 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH and halogen; each R2 is independently C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, -OH, oxo, -NR11R12, - CN, -C(0)R10, -C(0)NR11R12, halogen, or C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -OH or halogen, or two R2 or R1 and R2 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form a C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, or C6-C14 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, -OH, oxo, and halogen; each of R3 and R4 is independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -CN, C1- C6haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkoxy, halogen or -OH; each R5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR10, -SR10, -NR11R12 , -C(0)R10, -C(0)NR11R12, -0C(0)NR11R12, -NR10C(O)R11 , -NR10C(O)NR11R12, -S(0)R10, -S(0)2R10, -NR10S(O)2R11 , -S(0)2NR11R12, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)SR10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)NR11R12, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)NR,11 -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)S(0)2R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10S(O)2R11, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10S(O)2NR11R12, -(C1- C3 alkylene)S(0)2NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl), wherein each R5 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR13, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR13R14, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R13, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, and halogen, or any two R5 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form a C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, or C6-C14 aryl; each R6 is independently oxo or R7, or any two R6 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form a C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or C6-C14 aryl; each R7 is independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, -OR10, -NR11R12 -NR10C(O)R11 , -NR10C(O)NR11R12, -S(0)2R10, -NR10S(O)2R11 , -S(0)2NR11R12, -C(0)R10,
-C(0)NR11R12’ -(C1-C3 alkylene)CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)SR10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)CF3„ -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)C(0)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)R11 , -(C1-
C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)S(0)2R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10S(O)2R11 , -(C1-C3 alkylene)S(0)2NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), or -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl), wherein each R7 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR13, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR13R14, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R13, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, and halogen; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -(C1- C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), C6-C14 aryl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR15, -NR15R16, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo;
R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -(C1- C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), C6-C14 aryl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR15, -NR15R16, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo, or R11 and R12 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo;
R13 and R14 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OR15, -NR15R16, and oxo, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo; and
R15 and R16 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, or C2- C6 alkynyl, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, and C2-C6 alkynyl are each independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo, or R15 and R16 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo; l is 0, 1, or 2; m, p and q are each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that at least one of m and 1 is not 0; and n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
[0045] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J), Z is
Figure imgf000017_0001
and provides a compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000018_0002
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein
Figure imgf000018_0001
Q1, Q2, A, B, L, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, n, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula (J).
[0046] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000018_0003
and provides a compound of Formula (II):
Figure imgf000018_0004
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein O , Q1, Q2, C, D, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, n, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula (J).
[0047] In another aspect, provided is a compound of Formula (K):
Figure imgf000018_0005
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein R1, R3, R4, 1, m, and Z are as detailed herein for Formula (J).
[0048] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (K), provided is a compound of Formula (K-I):
Figure imgf000019_0001
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein A, B, L, R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula (J).
[0049] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (K), provided is a compound of Formula (K-II):
Figure imgf000019_0002
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein C, D, R1, R3, R4, R5, R6, 1, m, p, and q are as detailed herein for Formula
(J).
[0050] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, Q1 is CH2. In some embodiments, Q1 is CH. In some embodiments, Q1 is C. In some embodiments, Q1 is S. In some embodiments, Q1 is S(O). In some embodiments, Q1 is S(0)2. In some embodiments, Q1 is NH. In some embodiments, Q1 is N.
[0051] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, Q2 is C, CH, CFh, N, or NH. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, Q2 is C, CH, C¾, or NH. In some embodiments, Q2 is C. In some embodiments, Q2 is CH. In some embodiments, Q2 is CH2. In some embodiments, Q2 is N. In some embodiments, Q2 is NH.
[0052] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-l), (I- 1 ), or (II- 1), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000020_0001
[0053] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-2), (1-2), or (II-2), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000020_0002
[0054] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-3), (1-3), or (II-3), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000020_0003
3),
Figure imgf000021_0001
[0055] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-4), (1-4), or (II-4), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000021_0002
[0056] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-5), (1-5), or (II-5), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000021_0003
[0057] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-6), (1-6), or (II-6), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000022_0001
[0058] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-7), (1-7), or (II-7), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000022_0002
[0059] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, R1 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3- C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C6- C14 aryl, -C(0)R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl) or -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C6- C14 aryl), each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH or halogen. In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C6-C14 aryl, -C(0)R10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl), -(C1- C3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl) or -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C6-Ci4 aryl), each of which is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1- Cs alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C6-C14 aryl, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), -C(0)R10, or -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C6-Ci4 aryl), each of which independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH or halogen. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C6-C14 aryl, or -C(0)R10, each of which independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH or halogen. In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, -C(0)R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3- C6 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl), or C3-C6 cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with halogen, oxo, -NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cyclopropyl-methyl. In some embodiments, R1 is isopropyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-C6 alkyl.
[0060] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, R1 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein the wavy lines denote attachment points to the rest of the molecule.
[0061] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 3. In some emboidments, n is 4. In some embodiments, n is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, n is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, n is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some emboidments, n is 1, 2, or 3.
[0062] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, each R2 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, oxo, -C(0)R10, or -CN. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, oxo, or halogen. In some embodiments, each R2 is oxo. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently -NR11 R12. In some embodiments, each R2 is -CN. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently -C(0)R10. In some embodiments, R2 is -C(0)R10, wherein R10 is C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl. In some embodiments, R2 is -C(0)NR11R12. In some embodiments, R2 is halogen, such as fluoro. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-C6 alkyl, such methyl. In some embodiments, R2 is H. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently oxo or C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently oxo or C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently oxo or C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1.
In some embodiments, each R2 is independently oxo or C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 2. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently -C(0)R10, wherein R10 is C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently -C(0)R10, wherein R10 is C1-C6 alkyl such as methyl; and n is 1. In some embodiments, each R2 is oxo; and n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, each R2 is oxo; and n is 1. In some embodiments, each R2 is oxo; and n is 2. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently oxo or -CN. In some embodiments, each R2 is independently oxo or -CN; and n is 2. In some embodiments, R2 is independently methyl, oxo, -C(0)CH3, or -CN.
[0063] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, at least two R2 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C6 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more subsituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, halogen, and - OH. In some embodiments, at least one R2 is taken together with R1 and the atoms to which they are attached to form C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C6 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more subsituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, halogen, and - OH.
[0064] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-8), (1-8), or (II-8), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000025_0001
[0065] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J-9), (1-9), or (II-9), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000026_0001
[0066] In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (J) is of Formula (J- 10), (I- 10), or (II- 10), or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
Figure imgf000026_0002
[0067] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, is l is 0. In some embodiments, / is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, l is 1. In some embodiments, l is 2.
[0068] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, m is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1. In some embodiments, m is 2. In some embodiments, m is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, m is 0, 1, or 2. [0069] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, each R3 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkoxy, halogen, or -OH. In some embodiments, each R3is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkoxy or halogen. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, and cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R3 is halogen.
[0070] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, each R4is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkoxy, halogen, or -OH. In some embodiments, each R4is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkoxy or halogen. In some embodiments, each R4 is independently fluoro, chloro, methyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, and cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R4 is halogen.
[0071] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, A is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C6 aryl, each of which is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, A is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is C6 aryl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is selected from the group consisting of pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl or imidazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, dihydropyridine, or pyridone, each of optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is C3- C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is cyclohexyl or cyclopentyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5. In some embodiments, A is phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, imidazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, pyridone, cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl, each of which is unsubstituted. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), A is phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, imidazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, dihydropyridine, pyridone, cyclohexyl, or cyclopentyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5. [0072] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, B is hydrogen, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7- membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7- membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is unsubstituted. In some embodiments, B is hydrogen. In some embodiments, B is 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is diazepanyl, azepanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl or azetidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is imidazolyl or pyrazolyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is C3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6. In some embodiments, B is hydrogen, diazepanyl, azepanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, phenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each of which is unsubstituted. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), B is hydrogen, diazepanyl, azepanyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, phenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6.
[0073] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, L is a bond, -CH2-, -NH-, -0-, -S-, -S(0)2-, -CO-, -NCH3-, -S(0)2NH-,or - NHS(0)2-. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), L is a bond, -CH2-, -NH-, - 0-, or -S-. In some embodiments, L is a bond. In some embodiments, L is -CH2-. In some embodiments, L is -NH-. In some embodiments, L is -S-. In some embodiments, L is -0-. In some embodiments, L is -S(0)2-. In some embodiments, L is -C(O)-. In some embodiments, L is -NCH3-. In some embodiments, L is -NHS(0)2-. In some embodiments, L is -CR11 R12-. In some embodiments, L is -NR10-. In some embodiments, L is -NR10S(O)2-. In some embodiments, L is -S(0)2NR10-. In some embodiments, L is -S(0)2NH-. In some embodiments, L is - NHS(0)2-. In some embodiments, L is a bond or -CH2-. [0074] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, which
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein t is 0, 1, or 2; and f is 0 or 1. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000029_0003
which is
Figure imgf000029_0004
wherein t is 0, 1, or 2; and f is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, Z is
Figure imgf000029_0005
Figure imgf000030_0001
is 0 or 1. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000031_0003
wherein t is 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, Z is
Figure imgf000031_0004
which is
Figure imgf000031_0005
, wherein p is
0, R6 is methyl and q is 1. In some embodiments, Z is
Figure imgf000031_0006
which is In some embodiments, t is 0. In some embodiments, t is 1. In some
Figure imgf000031_0007
embodiments, t is 2. In some embodiments, t' is 0. In some embodiments, t' is 1. In some embodiments, t is 1 and t' is 1.
[0075] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with one or more R5 and R6. In some embodiments, D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with with one or more R5 and R6. In some embodiments, D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring and at least one nitrogen atom, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with with one or more R5 and R6. In some embodiments, D is fused with C to form a 7- to 12- membered bicyclic ring having at least one aromatic ring and at least one nitrogen atom, wherein C and D are optionally substituted with with one or more R5 and R6.
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0002
denote attachment points to the rest of the molecule. In some embodiments, Z is
Figure imgf000033_0001
[0077] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, R7 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -C(0)R10, each of which (except hydrogen) is optionally substituted by halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13,
-CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR13, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR13R14, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R13, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by oxo, -OH or halogen. In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (I), R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -C(0)CH2NHCH3, or -CH2CH2OH.
[0078] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, p is 0. In some embodiments, p is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, p is 0, 1, or 2. [0079] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, each R5 is independently Ci-C6 alkyl, halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR10, -NR11 R12, -C(0)R10, -C(0)NR11R12, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, -(C1- C3 alkylene)OR10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl), each of which is optionally substituted by halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13,
-CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR13, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR13R14, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R13, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by oxo, -OH or halogen. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently -CN, halogen, methoxy, oxo, trifluoromethoxy, -
NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, -(CH2)NH(CH3), -(CH2)NH2, -(CH2)N(CH3)2, -C(0)NH2, - C(0)N(CH3)2, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, -CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, - NH(CH2)2N(CH2CH3)2, -0(CH2)2N(CH2CH3)2, or trifluoromethyl. In some embodiments, each R5 is independently -CN, halogen, methoxy, oxo, trifluoromethoxy, -NH(CH3), - N(CH3)2, -(CH2)NH(CH3), -(CH2)NH2, -(CH2)N(CH3)2, -C(0)NH2, -C(0)N(CH3)2, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, cyclopropyl, -CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, -NH(CH2)2N(CH2CH3)2, -
0(CH2)2N(CH2CH3)2, trifluoromethyl,
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0002
[0080] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, q is 0. In some embodiments, q is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, q is 0, 1, or 2. [0081] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, each R6 is independently C1- C6 alkyl, halogen, oxo, -CN, -NR11R12, -C(0)R10, C3- C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR11R12, each of which is optionally substituted by halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR13, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR13R14, -(C1- C3 alkylene)C(0)R13, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by oxo, -OH or halogen; or two R6 groups when bound to the same carbon atom, are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-C6 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently ethyl, methyl, isopropyl, pyrrolidinyl, -N(CH3)2, -CH2OH, oxo, - C(0)CH2NHCH3, -CH2CH2OH, difluoroethyl, -CH2N(CH3)2, -OH, or -C(0)CH20H. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently ethyl, methyl, isopropyl, pyrrolidinyl, cyclopropyl, methoxy, -N(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -CH2OH, oxo, -C(0)CH2NHCH3, -CH2CH2OH, difluoroethyl, -CH2N(CH3)2, -CH2NH2, -OH, -C(0)CH20H, -C(0)CH2N(CH3)2, -C(0)N(CH3)2, -
Figure imgf000035_0001
[0082] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, Z is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein the wavy lines denote
Figure imgf000044_0002
attachment points to the rest of the molecule and R7 is as described herein. In some embodiments, Z is
Figure imgf000044_0003
[0083] In some embodiments of a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable, Z is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0002
Figure imgf000047_0003
wherein the wavy lines denote attachment points to the parent molecule. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000047_0004
[0084] Specific values listed below are values for a compound of Formula (J) or any related formula where applicable. It is to be understood that two or more values may combined. Thus, it is to be understood that any variable for a compound of Formula (J) as well as all related formulae may be combined with any other variable for a compound of Formula (J) as well as all related formulae the same as if each and every combination of variables were specifically and individually listed. For example, it is understood that any specific value of R1 detailed herein for a compound of Formula (J) as well as all related formulae may be combined with any other specific value for one or more of the variables
Figure imgf000047_0001
Q1, Q2, Z, R2, R3, R4, /, m, and n the same as if each and every combination were specifically and individually listed.
[0085] Also provided are salts of compounds referred to herein, such as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The invention also includes any or all of the stereochemical forms, including any enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms, and any tautomers or other forms of the compounds described. It is understood that individual enantiomers and diastereomers are provided herein and their corresponding structures can be readily determined. [0086] A compound as detailed herein may in one aspect be in a purified form and compositions comprising a compound in purified forms are detailed herein. Compositions comprising a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, are provided, such as compositions of substantially pure compounds. In some embodiments, a composition containing a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, is in substantially pure form. Unless otherwise stated, “substantially pure” intends a composition that contains no more than 35% impurity, wherein the impurity denotes a compound other than the compound comprising the majority of the composition or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing. In some embodiments, a composition of substantially pure compound or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, is provided wherein the composition contains no more than 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, or 5% impurity. In some embodiments, a composition of substantially pure compound or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 3%, 2%, 1% or 0.5% impurity.
[0087] Representative compounds are provided below.
TABLE 1
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
[0088] In some embodiments, provided herein are compounds described in Table 1, or a tautomer thereof, or a salt of any of the foregoing, and uses thereof.
[0089] The embodiments and variations described herein are suitable for compounds of any formulae detailed herein, where applicable.
[0090] Representative examples of compounds detailed herein, including intermediates and final compounds according to the present disclosure are depicted herein. It is understood that in one aspect, any of the compounds may be used in the methods detailed herein, including, where applicable, intermediate compounds that may be isolated and administered to an individual.
[0091] The compounds depicted herein may be present as salts even if salts are not depicted and it is understood that the present disclosure embraces all salts and solvates of the compounds depicted here, as well as the non-salt and non-solvate form of the compound, as is well understood by the skilled artisan. In some embodiments, the salts of the compounds provided herein are pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Where one or more tertiary amine moiety is present in the compound, the N-oxides are also provided and described.
[0092] Where tautomeric forms may be present for any of the compounds described herein, each and every tautomeric form is intended even though only one or some of the tautomeric forms may be explicitly depicted. The tautomeric forms specifically depicted may or may not be the predominant forms in solution or when used according to the methods described herein.
[0093] The present disclosure also includes any or all of the stereochemical forms, including any enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms of the compounds described. The structure or name is intended to embrace all possible stereoisomers of a compound depicted. All forms of the compounds are also embraced by the invention, such as crystalline or noncrystalline forms of the compounds. Compositions comprising a compound of the invention are also intended, such as a composition of substantially pure compound, including a specific stereochemical form thereof, or a composition comprising mixtures of compounds of the invention in any ratio, including two or more stereochemical forms, such as in a racemic or non-racemic mixture.
[0094] The invention also intends isotopically-labeled and/or isotopically-enriched forms of compounds described herein. The compounds herein may contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. In some embodiments, the compound is isotopically-labeled, such as an isotopically-labeled compound of the formula (I) or variations thereof described herein, where a fraction of one or more atoms are replaced by an isotope of the same element. Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C 13N, 150, 170, 32P, 35S, 18F, 36C1. Certain isotope labeled compounds (e.g. 3H and 14C) are useful in compound or substrate tissue distribution studies. Incorporation of heavier isotopes such as deuterium (2H) can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life, or reduced dosage requirements and, hence may be preferred in some instances.
[0095] Isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention can generally be prepared by standard methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art or by procedures similar to those described in the accompanying Examples substituting appropriate isotopically- labeled reagents in place of the corresponding non-labeled reagent.
[0096] The disclosure also includes any or all metabolites of any of the compounds described. The metabolites may include any chemical species generated by a biotransformation of any of the compounds described, such as intermediates and products of metabolism of the compound, such as would be generated in vivo following administration to a human.
[0097] Articles of manufacture comprising a compound described herein, or a salt or solvate thereof, in a suitable container are provided. The container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe, i.v. bag, and the like.
[0098] Preferably, the compounds detailed herein are orally bioavailable. However, the compounds may also be formulated for parenteral (e.g., intravenous) administration.
[0099] One or several compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of a medicament by combining the compound or compounds as an active ingredient with a pharmacologically acceptable carrier, which are known in the art. Depending on the therapeutic form of the medication, the carrier may be in various forms. In one variation, the manufacture of a medicament is for use in any of the methods disclosed herein, e.g., for the treatment of cancer.
General synthetic methods
[0100] The compounds of the invention may be prepared by a number of processes as generally described below and more specifically in the Examples hereinafter (such as the schemes provided in the Examples below). In the following process descriptions, the symbols when used in the formulae depicted are to be understood to represent those groups described above in relation to the formulae herein.
[0101] Where it is desired to obtain a particular enantiomer of a compound, this may be accomplished from a corresponding mixture of enantiomers using any suitable conventional procedure for separating or resolving enantiomers. Thus, for example, diastereomeric derivatives may be produced by reaction of a mixture of enantiomers, e.g., a racemate, and an appropriate chiral compound. The diastereomers may then be separated by any convenient means, for example by crystallization and the desired enantiomer recovered. In another resolution process, a racemate may be separated using chiral High Performance Liquid Chromatography. Alternatively, if desired a particular enantiomer may be obtained by using an appropriate chiral intermediate in one of the processes described.
[0102] Chromatography, recrystallization and other conventional separation procedures may also be used with intermediates or final products where it is desired to obtain a particular isomer of a compound or to otherwise purify a product of a reaction.
[0103] Solvates and/or polymorphs of a compound provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, are also contemplated. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are often formed during the process of crystallization. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
[0104] In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein may be synthesized according to the schemes shown below.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000079_0001
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000080_0001
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000080_0002
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000081_0001
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000082_0001
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000082_0002
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000083_0001
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000083_0002
Scheme 11
Figure imgf000084_0001
Scheme 12
Figure imgf000084_0002
Scheme 13
Figure imgf000084_0003
Scheme 14
Figure imgf000085_0001
Scheme 16
Figure imgf000086_0001
Scheme 17
Figure imgf000086_0002
Scheme 18
Figure imgf000087_0001
Pharmaceutical Compositions and Formulations
[0105] Pharmaceutical compositions of any of the compounds detailed herein are embraced by this disclosure. Thus, the present disclosure includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In one aspect, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is an acid addition salt, such as a salt formed with an inorganic or organic acid. Pharmaceutical compositions may take a form suitable for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical or rectal administration or a form suitable for administration by inhalation.
[0106] A compound as detailed herein may in one aspect be in a purified form and compositions comprising a compound in purified forms are detailed herein. Compositions comprising a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, are provided, such as compositions of substantially pure compounds. In some embodiments, a composition containing a compound as detailed herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, is in substantially pure form.
[0107] In one variation, the compounds herein are synthetic compounds prepared for administration to an individual. In another variation, compositions are provided containing a compound in substantially pure form. In another variation, the present disclosure embraces pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound detailed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another variation, methods of administering a compound are provided. The purified forms, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of administering the compounds are suitable for any compound or form thereof detailed herein.
[0108] A compound detailed herein or salt thereof may be formulated for any available delivery route, including an oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal or rectal), parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, subcutaneous or intravenous), topical or transdermal delivery form. A compound or salt thereof may be formulated with suitable carriers to provide delivery forms that include, but are not limited to, tablets, caplets, capsules (such as hard gelatin capsules or soft elastic gelatin capsules), cachets, troches, lozenges, gums, dispersions, suppositories, ointments, cataplasms (poultices), pastes, powders, dressings, creams, solutions, patches, aerosols (e.g., nasal spray or inhalers), gels, suspensions (e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil-in-water emulsions or water-in-oil liquid emulsions), solutions and elixirs.
[0109] One or several compounds described herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, can be used in the preparation of a formulation, such as a pharmaceutical formulation, by combining the compound or compounds, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, as an active ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as those mentioned above. Depending on the therapeutic form of the system (e.g., transdermal patch vs. oral tablet), the carrier may be in various forms. In addition, pharmaceutical formulations may contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, re-wetting agents, emulgators, sweeteners, dyes, adjusters, and salts for the adjustment of osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants. Formulations comprising the compound may also contain other substances which have valuable therapeutic properties. Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared by known pharmaceutical methods. Suitable formulations can be found, e.g., in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Philadelphia, PA, 20th ed. (2000), which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0110] Compounds as described herein may be administered to individuals in a form of generally accepted oral compositions, such as tablets, coated tablets, and gel capsules in a hard or in soft shell, emulsions or suspensions. Examples of carriers, which may be used for the preparation of such compositions, are lactose, corn starch or its derivatives, talc, stearate or its salts, etc. Acceptable carriers for gel capsules with soft shell are, for instance, plant oils, wax, fats, semisolid and liquid poly-ols, and so on. In addition, pharmaceutical formulations may contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, re-wetting agents, emulgators, sweeteners, dyes, adjusters, and salts for the adjustment of osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants.
[0111] Any of the compounds described herein can be formulated in a tablet in any dosage form described, for example, a compound as described herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, can be formulated as a 10 mg tablet.
[0112] Compositions comprising a compound provided herein are also described. In one variation, the composition comprises a compound or salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In another variation, a composition of substantially pure compound is provided.
Methods of Use
[0113] Compounds and compositions detailed herein, such as a pharmaceutical composition containing a compound of any formula provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, may be used in methods of administration and treatment as provided herein. The compounds and compositions may also be used in in vitro methods, such as in vitro methods of administering a compound or composition to cells for screening purposes and/or for conducting quality control assays. In some embodiments of the methods detailed herein, the methods comprise administration of a compound detailed herein, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, as a monotherapy.
[0114] Provided herein is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof, to the individual. Further provided herein is a method of treating a proliferative disease in an individual, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the individual. Also provided herein is a method of treating cancer in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the individual. In some embodiments, the compound is administered to the individual according to a dosage and/or method of administration described herein.
[0115] In some embodiments, the cancer in the individual has one or more mutations or amplification or overexpression of the genes encoding cyclins or of the genes encoding the CDK or loss of endogenous INK4 inhibitors by gene deletion, mutation, or promoter hypermethylation, or other genetic events leading to overactivity of one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6 and CDK9. In some embodiments, the cancer in the individual has one or more mutations or amplification or overexpression of the genes encoding cyclins or of the genes encoding the CDK or loss of endogenous INK4 inhibitors by gene deletion, mutation, or promoter hypermethylation, or other genetic events leading to overactivity of CDK4/6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9.
[0116] In some embodiments, there is provided a method of treating a cancer in an individual, comprising (a) selecting the individual for treatment based on (i) the presence of phosphorylation of the retinoblastoma ( Rb ) protein in the cancer, or (ii) presence of mutations or amplification or overexpression of CDK4 or CDK6 in the cancer, and administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the individual. In some embodiments, the cancer is assayed for the expression of phosphorylated Rb. In some embodiments, the cancer is assayed for the expression of CDK4 or CDK6. In some embodiments, the CDK4 or CDK6 gene of the cancer is sequenced to detect the one or more mutations or amplifications. In some embodiments, the CDK4 or CDK6 gene is sequenced by biopsying the cancer and sequencing the CDK4 or CDK6 gene from the biopsied cancer. In some embodiments, the CDK4 or CDK6 gene is sequenced by sequencing circulating-tumor DNA (ctDNA) from the individual.
[0117] In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is used to treat an individual having a proliferative disease, such as cancer as described herein. In some embodiments, the individual is at risk of developing a proliferative disease, such as cancer. In some of these embodiments, the individual is determined to be at risk of developing cancer based upon one or more risk factors. In some of these embodiments, the risk factor is a family history and/or gene associated with cancer.
[0118] A compound disclosed herein is believed to be effective for treating a variety of diseases and disorders. For example, in some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein may be used to treat a proliferative disease, such as cancer. In some embodiments the cancer is a solid tumor. In some embodiments the cancer is any of adult and pediatric oncology, myxoid and round cell carcinoma, locally advanced tumors, metastatic cancer, human soft tissue sarcomas, including Ewing's sarcoma, cancer metastases, including lymphatic metastases, squamous cell carcinoma, particularly of the head and neck, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral carcinoma, blood cell malignancies, including multiple myeloma, leukemias, including acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, and hairy cell leukemia, effusion lymphomas (body cavity based lymphomas), thymic lymphoma, cutaneous T cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, cancer of the adrenal cortex, ACTH-producing tumors, lung cancer, including small cell carcinoma and nonsmall cell cancers, breast cancer, including small cell carcinoma and ductal carcinoma, gastrointestinal cancers, including stomach cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, polyps associated with colorectal neoplasia, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, urological cancers, including bladder cancer, including primary superficial bladder tumors, invasive transitional cell carcinoma of the bladder, and muscle-invasive bladder cancer, prostate cancer, malignancies of the female genital tract, including ovarian carcinoma, primary peritoneal epithelial neoplasms, cervical carcinoma, uterine endometrial cancers, vaginal cancer, cancer of the vulva, uterine cancer and solid tumors in the ovarian follicle, malignancies of the male genital tract, including testicular cancer and penile cancer, kidney cancer, including renal cell carcinoma, brain cancer, including intrinsic brain tumors, neuroblastoma, astrocytic brain tumors, gliomas, metastatic tumor cell invasion in the central nervous system, bone cancers, including osteomas and osteosarcomas, skin cancers, including melanoma, tumor progression of human skin keratinocytes, squamous cell cancer, thyroid cancer, retinoblastoma, neuroblastoma, peritoneal effusion, malignant pleural effusion, mesothelioma, Wilms's tumors, gall bladder cancer, trophoblastic neoplasms, hemangiopericytoma, and Kaposi's sarcoma.
[0119] In some embodiments, the cancer is defined by a molecular characteristic. In some embodiments, the cancer is an estrogen receptor-posistive breast cancer. In some embodiments, the breast cancer is triple negative breast cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is a KRAS-mutant non-small cell lung cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is mantle cell lymphoma defined by a translocation involving CCND1 resulting in cyclin D1 overexpression.
[0120] In some embodiments, the compounds and compositions described herein cause Gi-S cell cycle arrest in a cell (such as a cancer cell). In some embodiments, the cancer cell is a cancer cell from any of the cancer types described herein. In some embodiments, arrested cells enter a state of apoptosis. In some embodiments, arrested cells enter a state of senescence. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of causing Gi-S checkpoint arrest in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell. In some embodiments, the Gi-S cell cycle arrest occurs in about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more of cells in a cell population. In some embodiments, the Gi-S cell cycle arrest occurs in up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, or up to about 80% of cells in the cell population.
[0121] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inducing senescence in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell. In some embodiments, senescence is induced in about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more of cells in a cell population. In some embodiments, senescence is induced in up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, or up to about 80% of cells in the cell population.
[0122] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inducing apoptosis in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell. In some embodiments, apoptosis is induced in about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more of cells in a cell population. In some embodiments, apoptosis is induced in up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, or up to about 80% of cells in the cell population.
[0123] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting CDK4 or CDK6 in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell. In some embodiments, CDK4 or CDK6 is inhibited by about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more. In some embodiments, CDK4 or CDK6is inhibited up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, up to about 80%, up to about 70%, or up to about 60%. In some embodiments, the activity of CDK4 or CDK6 is measured according to a kinase assay.
[0124] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 in a cell comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein to the cell. In some embodiments, one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 is inhibited by about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more. In some embodiments, one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 is inhibited up to about 99%, up to about 98%, up to about 97%, up to about 96%, up to about 95%, up to about 90%, up to about 85%, up to about 80%, up to about 70%, or up to about 60%. In some embodiments, the activity of one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 is measured according to a kinase assay.
[0125] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting CDK4 or CDK6 comprising contacting CDK4 or CDK6 with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein binds to CDK4 or CDK6 with an IC50 of less than 1 mM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein binds to CDK4 or CDK6 with an IC50 between 0.1 nM and 1 nM, between 1 nM and 5 nM, between 5 nM and 10 nM, between 10 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, beween 100 nM and 200 nM, between 200 nM and 300 nM, between 300 nM and 400 nM, betwee 400 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 600 nM, between 600 nM and 700 nM, between 700 nM and 800 nM, between 800 nM and 900 nM, or between 900 nM and 1 mM. In some embodiments, the IC50 is measured according to a kinase assay. In some embodiments, the IC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay.
[0126] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 comprising contacting one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an IC50 of less than 1 pM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM. In some embodiments a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an IC50 between 0.1 nM and 1 nM, between 1 nM and 5 nM, between 5 nM and 10 nM, between 10 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, beween 100 nM and 200 nM, between 200 nM and 300 nM, between 300 nM and 400 nM, betwee 400 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 600 nM, between 600 nM and 700 nM, between 700 nM and 800 nM, between 800 nM and 900 nM, or between 900 nM and 1 pM. In some embodiments, the IC50 is measured according to a kinase assay. In some embodiments, the IC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay.
[0127] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of modulating CDK4/6 in an individual, comprising administering to the individual a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of modulating CDK4 and CDK 6 in an individual, comprising administering to the individual a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of modulating CDK4/6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9 in an individual, comprising administering to the a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of modulating CDK4 and CDK 6 and one or more of CDK1, CDK2, and CDK9 in an individual, comprising administering to the individual a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK4/6 with an IC50 of less than 1 mM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK4 and CDK6 with an IC50 of less than 1 μM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, less than 50 nM, less than 10 nM, less than 5 nM, less than 1 nM, or less than 0.5 nM. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein binds to one or more of CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with an IC50 between 0.1 nM and 1 nM, between 1 nM and 5 nM, between 5 nM and 10 nM, between 10 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, beween 100 nM and 200 nM, between 200 nM and 300 nM, between 300 nM and 400 nM, betwee 400 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 600 nM, between 600 nM and 700 nM, between 700 nM and 800 nM, between 800 nM and 900 nM, or between 900 nM and 1 pM. In some embodiments, the IC50 is measured according to a kinase assay. In some embodiments, the IC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay.
[0128] In one embodiment, a compound disclosed herein may enhance the antitumour immunity by increasing the functional capacity of tumour cells to present antigen or by reducing the immunosuppressive TReg population by suppressing their proliferation.
[0129] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting the proliferation of a cell, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein or a variation thereof. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is effective in inhibiting the proliferation of the cell with an EC 50 of less than 5 pM, less than 2 pM, less than 1 pM, less than 900 nM, less than 800 nM, less than 700 nM, less than 600 nM, less than 500 nM, less than 400 nM, less than 300 nM, less than 200 nM, less than 100 nM, or less than 50 nM. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is effective in inhibiting the proliferation of the cell with an EC50 between 10 nM and 20 nM, between 20 nM and 50 nM, between 50 nM and 100 nM, between 100 nM and 500 nM, between 500 nM and 1 pM, beween 1 pM and 2 pM, or between 2 pM and 5 pM. In some embodiments, the EC50 is measured according to a cell proliferation assay. Combination Therapy
[0130] As provided herein, a compound disclosed herein may affect the immune system. Accordingly, a compound disclosed herein may be used in combination with other anticancer agents or immunotherapies. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and an additional therapeutic agent to the individual. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a cancer immunotherapy agent or an endocrine therapy agent or a chemotherapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the disease is a proliferative disease such as cancer.
[0131] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a cancer immunotherapy agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an immuno stimulatory agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent targets a checkpoint protein (for example an immune checkpoint inhibitor). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is effective to stimulate, enhance or improve an immune response against a tumor.
[0132] In another aspect provided herein is a combination therapy for the treatment of a disease, such as cancer. In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein in combination with a radiation therapy.
[0133] In some embodiments, there is provide a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an endocrine therapy agent. In some embodiments, the endocrine therapy is antiestrogen therapy. In some embodiments, the endocrine therapy is a selective estrogen receptor degrader (SERD, such as fulvestrant). In some embodiments, the endocrine therapy is an aromatase inhibitor (such as letrozole). In some embodiments, the combination of a CDK4/6 inhibitor and endocrine therapy causes enhancement of Gl-S cell-cycle arrest. In some embodiments, the combination of a CDK4/6 inhibitor and endocrine therapy causes enhanced entry into a senescent state. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the endocrine therapy agent. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the endocrine therapy agent.
[0134] In some embodiments, there is provide a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a second chemotherapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is another kinase inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co administered with the second chemotherapeutic agent. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the second chemotherapeutic agent.
[0135] Examples of chemotherapeutic agents that can be used in combination with a compound disclosed herein include DNA-targeted agents, a DNA alkylating agent (such as cyclophosphamide, mechlorethamine, chlorambucil, melphalan, dacarbazine, or nitrosoureas), a topoisomerase inhibitor (such as a Topoisomerase I inhibitor (e.g., irinotecan or topotecan) or a Topoisomerase II inhibitor (e.g., etoposide or teniposide)), an anthracycline (such as daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, or valrubicin), a histone deacetylase inhibitor (such as vorinostat or romidepsin), a bromodomain inhibitor, other epigenetic inhibitors, a taxane (such as paclitaxel or docetaxel), a kinase inhibitor (such as bortezomib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, vemurafenib, vismodegib, ibrutinib), an anti- angiogenic inhibitor, a nucleotide analog or precursor analog (such as azacitidine, azathioprine, capecitabine, cytarabine, doxifluridine, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, or tioguanine), or a platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent (such as cisplatin, carboplatin, or oxaliplatin), pemetrexed, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a kinase inhibitor (such as bortezomib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, vemurafenib, vismodegib, or ibrutinib). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the kinase inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the kinase inhibitor. [0136] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a DNA damaging agent. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the DNA damaging agent. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the DNA damaging agent.
[0137] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a DNA alkylating agent (such as cyclophosphamide, mechlorethamine, chlorambucil, melphalan, dacarbazine, or nitrosoureas). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the DNA alkylating agent. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the DNA alkylating agent.
[0138] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a topoisomerase inhibitor (such as a Topoisomerase I inhibitor (e.g., irinotecan or topotecan) or a Topoisomerase II inhibitor (e.g., etoposide or teniposide)). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the topoisomerase inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the topoisomerase inhibitor.
[0139] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an anthracycline (such as daunombicin, doxorubicin, epimbicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, or valmbicin). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the anthracycline. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the anthracycline.
[0140] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a histone deacetylase inhibitor (such as vorinostat or romidepsin). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the histone deacetylase inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the histone deacetylase inhibitor.
[0141] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a taxane (such as paclitaxel or docetaxel). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the taxane. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the taxane.
[0142] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a nucleotide analog or precursor analog (such as azacitidine, azathioprine, capecitabine, cytarabine, doxifluridine, 5-fluorouracil, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, or tioguanine). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the nucleotide analog or precursor analog. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the nucleotide analog or precursor analog.
[0143] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent (such as cisplatin, carboplatin, or oxaliplatin). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent.
[0144] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of pemetrexed. In some embodiments, Formula (J a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the pemetrexed. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the pemetrexed.
[0145] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a Bruton’s tyrosine kinase (BTK) inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the BTK inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the BTK inhibitor.
[0146] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a PI3K or Akt inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the PI3K or Akt inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the PI3K or Akt inhibitor.
[0147] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a DNA damage repair (DDR) pathway inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the DDR pathway inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the DDR pathway inhibitor. Examples of inhibitors of the DDR pathway include poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) inhibitors (such as olaparib, rucaparib, niraparib, or talazoparib), ataxia telangiectasia mutated (ATM) protein inhibitors, ataxia telangiectasia and Rad3 -related (ATR) protein inhibitors, checkpoint kinase 1 (Chkl) inhibitors, or combinations thereof.
[0148] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a PARP inhibitor (such as olaparib, rucaparib, niraparib, or talazoparib). In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the PARP inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the PARP inhibitor.
[0149] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an ATM protein inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the ATM protein inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the ATM protein inhibitor.
[0150] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an ATR protein inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the ATR protein inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the ATR protein inhibitor.
[0151] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of an Chkl inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the Chkl inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the Chkl inhibitor.
[0152] In some embodiments, provided is a method of treating a disease in an individual comprising (a) administering an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein and (b) administering an effective amount of a further CDK4/6 inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered prior to, after, or simultaneously co-administered with the further CDK4/6 inhibitor. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered 1 or more hours (such as 2 or more hours, 4 or more hours, 8 or more hours, 12 or more hours, 24 or more hours, or 48 or more hours) prior to or after the further CDK4/6 inhibitor.
[0153] In another aspect, provided herein is a combination therapy in which a compound disclosed herein is coadministered (which may be separately or simultaneously) with one or more additional agents that are effective in stimulating immune responses to thereby further enhance, stimulate or upregulate immune responses in a subject. For example, provided is a method for stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound disclosed herein and one or more immuno stimulatory antibodies, such as an anti-PD-1 antibody, an anti-PD-Ll antibody and/or an anti-CTLA-4 antibody, such that an immune response is stimulated in the subject, for example to inhibit tumor growth. In one embodiment, the subject is administered a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-1 antibody. In another embodiment, the subject is administered a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-Ll antibody. In yet another embodiment, the subject is administered a compound disclosed herein and an anti-CTLA-4 antibody. In another embodiment, the immuno stimulatory antibody (e.g., anti-PD-1, anti-PD-Ll and/or anti-CTLA-4 antibody) is a human antibody. Alternatively, the immunostimulatory antibody can be, for example, a chimeric or humanized antibody (e.g., prepared from a mouse anti-PD-1, anti-PD-Ll and/or anti-CTLA-4 antibody).
[0154] In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method for treating a proliferative disease (e.g., cancer), comprising administering a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-1 antibody to a subject. In further embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered at a subtherapeutic dose, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered at a subtherapeutic dose, or both are administered at a subtherapeutic dose. In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method for altering an adverse event associated with treatment of a hyperproliferative disease with an immunostimulatory agent, comprising a compound disclosed herein and a subtherapeutic dose of anti-PD-1 antibody to a subject. In certain embodiments, the subject is human. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD- 1 antibody is a human sequence monoclonal antibody.
[0155] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating a hyperproliferative disease (e.g., cancer), comprising administering a compound disclosed herein and an anti-PD-Ll antibody to a subject. In further embodiments, a compound disclosed herein is administered at a subtherapeutic dose, the anti-PD-Ll antibody is administered at a subtherapeutic dose, or both are administered at a subtherapeutic dose. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for altering an adverse event associated with treatment of a hyperproliferative disease with an immunostimulatory agent, comprising administering a compound disclosed herein and a subtherapeutic dose of anti-PD- Ll antibody to a subject. In certain embodiments, the subject is human. In certain embodiments, the anti-PD-Ll antibody is a human sequence monoclonal antibody.
[0156] In certain embodiments, the combination of therapeutic agents discussed herein can be administered concurrently as a single composition in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or concurrently as separate compositions each in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, the combination of therapeutic agents can be administered sequentially. For example, an anti-CTLA-4 antibody and a compound disclosed herein can be administered sequentially, such as anti-CTLA-4 antibody being administered first and a compound disclosed herein second, or a compound disclosed herein being administered first and anti-CTLA-4 antibody second. Additionally or alternatively, an anti-PD-1 antibody and a compound disclosed herein can be administered sequentially, such as anti-PD-1 antibody being administered first and a compound disclosed herein second, or a compound disclosed herein being administered first and anti-PD-1 antibody second. Additionally or alternatively, an anti-PD-Ll antibody and a compound disclosed herein can be administered sequentially, such as anti-PD-Ll antibody being administered first and a compound disclosed herein second, a compound disclosed herein being administered first and anti-PD-Ll antibody second. [0157] Furthermore, if more than one dose of the combination therapy is administered sequentially, the order of the sequential administration can be reversed or kept in the same order at each time point of administration, sequential administrations can be combined with concurrent administrations, or any combination thereof.
[0158] Optionally, the combination of a compound disclosed herein can be further combined with an immunogenic agent, such as cancerous cells, purified tumor antigens (including recombinant proteins, peptides, and carbohydrate molecules), cells, and cells transfected with genes encoding immune stimulating cytokines.
[0159] A compound disclosed herein can also be further combined with standard cancer treatments. For example, a compound disclosed herein can be effectively combined with chemotherapeutic regimens. In these instances, it is possible to reduce the dose of other chemotherapeutic reagent administered with the combination of the instant disclosure. Other combination therapies with a compound disclosed herein include radiation, surgery, or hormone deprivation. Angiogenesis inhibitors can also be combined with a compound disclosed herein. Inhibition of angiogenesis leads to tumor cell death, which can be a source of tumor antigen fed into host antigen presentation pathways.
[0160] In another example, a compound disclosed herein can be used in conjunction with anti-neoplastic antibodies. By way of example and not wishing to be bound by theory, treatment with an anti-cancer antibody or an anti-cancer antibody conjugated to a toxin can lead to cancer cell death (e.g., tumor cells) which would potentiate an immune response mediated by CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1 or a compound disclosed herein. In an exemplary embodiment, a treatment of a hyperproliferative disease (e.g., a cancer tumor) can include an anti-cancer antibody in combination with a compound disclosed herein and anti-CTLA-4 and/or anti-PD-1 and/or anti-PD-Ll antibodies, concurrently or sequentially or any combination thereof, which can potentiate anti-tumor immune responses by the host. Other antibodies that can be used to activate host immune responsiveness can be further used in combination with a compound disclosed herein.
[0161] In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein can be combined with an anti-CD73 therapy, such as an anti-CD73 antibody. Dosing and Method of Administration
[0162] The dose of a compound administered to an individual (such as a human) may vary with the particular compound or salt thereof, the method of administration, and the particular disease, such as type and stage of cancer, being treated. In some embodiments, the amount of the compound or salt thereof is a therapeutically effective amount.
[0163] The effective amount of the compound may in one aspect be a dose of between about 0.01 and about 100 mg/kg. Effective amounts or doses of the compounds of the invention may be ascertained by routine methods, such as modeling, dose escalation, or clinical trials, taking into account routine factors, e.g., the mode or route of administration or drug delivery, the pharmacokinetics of the agent, the severity and course of the disease to be treated, the subject’s health status, condition, and weight. An exemplary dose is in the range of about from about 0.7 mg to 7 g daily, or about 7 mg to 350 mg daily, or about 350 mg to 1.75 g daily, or about 1.75 to 7 g daily.
[0164] Any of the methods provided herein may in one aspect comprise administering to an individual a pharmaceutical composition that contains an effective amount of a compound provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[0165] A compound or composition of the invention may be administered to an individual in accordance with an effective dosing regimen for a desired period of time or duration, such as at least about one month, at least about 2 months, at least about 3 months, at least about 6 months, or at least about 12 months or longer, which in some variations may be for the duration of the individual’s life. In one variation, the compound is administered on a daily or intermittent schedule. The compound can be administered to an individual continuously (for example, at least once daily) over a period of time. The dosing frequency can also be less than once daily, e.g., about a once weekly dosing. The dosing frequency can be more than once daily, e.g., twice or three times daily. The dosing frequency can also be intermittent, including a ‘drug holiday’ (e.g., once daily dosing for 7 days followed by no doses for 7 days, repeated for any 14 day time period, such as about 2 months, about 4 months, about 6 months or more). Any of the dosing frequencies can employ any of the compounds described herein together with any of the dosages described herein.
[0166] The compounds provided herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, may be administered to an individual via various routes, including, e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, oral and transdermal. A compound provided herein can be administered frequently at low doses, known as 'metronomic therapy,' or as part of a maintenance therapy using compound alone or in combination with one or more additional drugs. Metronomic therapy or maintenance therapy can comprise administration of a compound provided herein in cycles. Metronomic therapy or maintenance therapy can comprise intra-tumoral administration of a compound provided herein.
[0167] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating cancer in an individual by parenterally administering to the individual (e.g., a human) an effective amount of a compound or salt thereof. In some embodiments, the route of administration is intravenous, intra-arterial, intramuscular, or subcutaneous. In some embodiments, the route of administration is oral. In still other embodiments, the route of administration is transdermal.
[0168] The invention also provides compositions (including pharmaceutical compositions) as described herein for the use in treating, preventing, and/or delaying the onset and/or development of cancer and other methods described herein. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a pharmaceutical formulation which is present in a unit dosage form.
[0169] Also provided are articles of manufacture comprising a compound of the disclosure or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, composition, and unit dosages described herein in suitable packaging for use in the methods described herein. Suitable packaging is known in the art and includes, for example, vials, vessels, ampules, bottles, jars, flexible packaging and the like. An article of manufacture may further be sterilized and/or sealed.
Kits
[0170] The present disclosure further provides kits for carrying out the methods of the invention, which comprises one or more compounds described herein or a composition comprising a compound described herein. The kits may employ any of the compounds disclosed herein. In one variation, the kit employs a compound described herein or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing. The kits may be used for any one or more of the uses described herein, and, accordingly, may contain instructions for the treatment of cancer. [0171] Kits generally comprise suitable packaging. The kits may comprise one or more containers comprising any compound described herein. Each component (if there is more than one component) can be packaged in separate containers or some components can be combined in one container where cross-reactivity and shelf life permit.
[0172] The kits may be in unit dosage forms, bulk packages ( e.g ., multi-dose packages) or sub-unit doses. For example, kits may be provided that contain sufficient dosages of a compound as disclosed herein and/or a second pharmaceutically active compound useful for a disease detailed herein to provide effective treatment of an individual for an extended period, such as any of a week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, or more. Kits may also include multiple unit doses of the compounds and instructions for use and be packaged in quantities sufficient for storage and use in pharmacies (e.g., hospital pharmacies and compounding pharmacies).
[0173] The kits may optionally include a set of instructions, generally written instructions, although electronic storage media (e.g., magnetic diskette or optical disk) containing instructions are also acceptable, relating to the use of component(s) of the methods of the present invention. The instructions included with the kit generally include information as to the components and their administration to an individual.
[0174] The invention can be further understood by reference to the following examples, which are provided by way of illustration and are not meant to be limiting.
EXAMPLES
Synthetic Examples
Example S-l: Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][l,4Jthiazin-6-yl)-N-(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine ( Compound 381)
Figure imgf000108_0001
[0175] Step-1: Preparation of Methyl 2-(4-bromo-2-fluoro-6- nitrophenylthio)acetate: To a stirred solution of methyl 2-mercaptoacetate (2.348 g, 22.151 mmol, 1.05 eq) in THF (50 mL) were added triethylamine (3.196 g, 31.645 mmol, 1.5 eq) and 5-bromo-l,2-difluoro-3 -nitrobenzene (5 g, 21.097 mmol, 1 eq) at RT and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (70 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford the crude residue which was purified by CombiFlash to afford the desired product (5.5 g, 80%). ^NMR (400 MHz, DMSO -d6) d 8.18 (s, 1H) 8.09 (d, J= 9.21 Hz, 1H) 3.83 (s, 2H) 3.57 (s, 3H).
[0176] Step-2: Preparation of 6-Bromo-8-fluoro-2H -benzo[b ][l,4]thiazin-3(4H )-one:
To a stirred solution of methyl 2-(4-bromo-2-fluoro-6-nitrophenylthio) acetate (4.4 g, 13.622 mmol, 1 eq) in acetic acid (44 mL) was added iron (4.4 g, 79 mmol, 5.8 eq) at RT. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC, LCMS and NMR. After completion, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude residue was diluted with water (60 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL x 2). The combined organic layer wase washed with water (70 mL x
3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product (3.3 g, 92%). LCMS: 261 [M+H]+. [0177] Step-3: Preparation of 6-B romo-8-fluoro-4-isopropy 1-2H - benzo[b][l,4]thiazin-3(4H)-one: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-8-fluoro-2H - benzo[b ][l,4]thiazin-3(4H )-one (1 g, 3.831 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (10 mL) was added NaH (276 mg, 11.493 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was heated up to 55 °C. To this was added isopropyl iodide (976 mg, 5.746 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the resultant mixture was heated at 55 °C for 3 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was poured on ice water to form a precipitate which was filtered over Buchner funnel. The solid obtained was dissolved in ethyl acetate (25 mL) dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford crude which was purified by CombiFlash Chromatography to afford desired product (237 mg, 20%). LCMS: 303 [M+H]+.
[0178] Step-4: Preparation of 6-Bromo-8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3.4-dihydro-2H - benzo[b][l,4]thiazine: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-2H - benzo[b ][l,4]thiazin-3(477)-one (235 mg, 0.775 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) at RT was added Borane DMS (177 mg, 2.33 mmol, 3.0 eq) at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred at RT for 10 minutes and then heated at to 55 °C for 5 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was quenched by adding saturated Na2CO3 (5 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the desired product (203 mg, 90%). LCMS: 289 [M+H]+.
[0179] Step-5: Preparation of 8-Fluoro-4-isopropyl-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[d][l,4]thiazine: To a stirred solution of 6- bromo-8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3,4-dihydro-2H -benzo[b ][l,4]thiazine (200 mg, 0.692 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) were added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2- dioxaborolane) (193.3 mg, 0.761 mmol, 1.1 eq) and potassium acetate (203.5 mg, 2.076 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes. PdCh(dppf)*DCM (28.2 mg, 0.0346 mmol, 0.05 eq) was then added to the mixture and the mixture was further degassed for 5 minutes. The resultant reaction mixture was then heated at 100 °C for 5 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TEC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford desired product (215 mg, 92%). LCMS: 338.3 [M+H]+.
[0180] Step-6: Preparation of 6-(2-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-8-fluoro-4- isopropyl-3,4-dihydro-2H -benzo[d][l,4]thiazine: To a stirred solution of 8-fluoro-4- isopropyl-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-2H - bcnzo[b ][ 1 ,4]thiazinc (215 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1 eq) and 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidine (105.7 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (6 mL)-H2O (2 mL) was added K2CO3 (176 mg, 1.274 mmol, 2.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes. Pd(PPh3)4 (6.93 mg, 0.006 mmol, 0.01 eq) was then added to the mixture and the mixture was further degassed for 5 minutes. The resultant mixture was heated at 70 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford the crude residue which was purified by CombiFlash Chromatography to afford desired the product (136 mg, 62%). LCMS: 342.3 [M+H]+.
[0181] Step-7: Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3, 4-dihydro-2H - benzo[d][l,4]thiazin-6-yl)-N -(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine:
To a solution of 6-(2-ch loro-5- fluoropyri midi n-4-yl)-8-fl uoro-4-isopropy 1-3, 4-dihydro-2H - benzo[h][l,4]thiazine (136 mg, 0.398 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) was added 5-(l- methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-amine (83.6 mg, 0.437 mmol, 1.1 eq) at RT followed by the addition of cesium carbonate (259.5 mg, 0.796 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was then degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes. To this was added palladium acetate (0.89 mg, 0.004 mmol, 0.01 eq) and BINAP (4.98 mg, 0.008 mmol, 0.02 eq) followed by nitrogen purging for another 5 minutes. The resultant reaction mixture was then heated at 100 °C for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford the crude residue which was triturated from IPA (3 mL) by stirring at RT for 16 h. The precipitate obtained was filtered and dried under vacuum to afford the title product (60 mg, 30%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) d 9.93 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, J = 2.63 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 7 = 8.33 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, 7= 8.77 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 7= 10.52 Hz, 1 H), 4.27-4.10 (m, 1H) 3.47 (br s, 2H), 3.11 (br s, 2H), 2.87 (d, J = 10.52 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (br s, lH) 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.96 (t, J= 10.30 Hz, 2H), 1.77- 1.69 (m, 4H), 1.21 (d, J= 6.14 Hz, 6H). LCMS: 497 [M+H]+.
Example S-2: Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(6-fluoro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[ 1 ,5-d] [ 1 ,4]oxazin-8- yl)-N-(5-( 1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine ( Compound 382)
Figure imgf000111_0001
[0182] Step-1: Preparation of 2-Amino-4-bromo-6-fluorophenol: To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoro-6-nitrophenol (10 g, 48.7 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (80 mL)-H20 (20 mL) were added iron powder (13.66 g, 244 mmol, 5 eq) and ammonium chloride (13.17 g, 243.9 mmol, 5 eq) and the mixture was heated at 90 °C for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was filtered through a bed of celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a residue which was diluted with water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with water (200 mL), brine (200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (6 g, 69.1%) which was used for the next step without any further purification. LCMS: 206 [M+H]+.
[0183] Step-2: Preparation of 6-Bromo-8-fluoro-2H -benzo[b ][l,4]oxazin-3(4H )-one:
To a stirred solution of 2-amino-4-bromo-6-fluorophenol (5 g, 24.39 mmol, 1 eq) in chloroform (50 mL) was added NaHCO3 (10.2 g, 122 mmol, 5 eq) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (5.53 g, 24.4 mmol, 1 eq) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, followed by the addition of 2- chloroacetyl chloride (1.9 mL, 24.39 mmol, 1 eq) and further stirred at 0 °C for 1 h. The temperature of the mixture was gradually raised to 70 °C and reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by LCMS. After completion, the mixture was poured into diluted with water (150 mL) and the solid precipitate was filtered over Buchner funnel and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (3.0 g, 50.2%), which was used for the next step without any further purification. LCMS: 245 [M+H]+.
[0184] Step-3: Preparation of Ethyl 8-Bromo-6-fluoro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[l,5- d][ 1,4] oxazine-3 -carboxylate: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-8-fluoro-2H - benzo[b ][l,4]oxazin-3(4/f)-one (2 g, 8.16 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added NaHMDS (IM in THF) (16.32 mL, 16.32 mmol, 2.0 eq) at -30 °C and the mixture was stirred at same temperature stir at same temp for 30 minutes. Diethylchlorophosphate (2.4 mL, 10.9 mmol, 1 eq) was then added to the mixture and the mixture was allowed to stir at -30 °C for 30 minutes then at RT for and 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was again cooled to -30 °C, followed by the addition of ethyl 2-isocyanoacetate (1.8 mL, 16.32 mmol, 1 eq) and NaHMDS (IM in THF) (12.24 mL, 12.24 mmol, 1.5 eq). The resultant mixture was further stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by LCMS and TLC. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (100 mL), brine (150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude residue which was purified by column chromatography to afford the title compound (870 mg, 31.3%). LCMS: 341 [M+H]+.
[0185] Step-4: Preparation of 8-Bromo-6-fluoro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[l,5- d][l,4]oxazine-3-carboxylic Acid: To a stirred solution of ethyl 8-bromo-6-fluoro-4/7- bcnzo[/?]imidazo [l,5-<7][l,4]oxazine-3-carboxylate (800 mg, 2.35 mmol, 1.0 eq) in methanol: water (4:1) (10 mL), was added NaOH (471 mg, 11.76 mmol, 5.0 eq) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TEC and LCMS. After completion, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH~4 with saturated solution of citric acid (20 mL). The precipitate obtained was filtered and dried under vacuum to obtain the title compound (500 mg, 68.1%) which was used for the next step without any further purification. LCMS: 313 [M+H]+. [0186] Step-5: Preparation of 8-Bromo-6-fluoro-4H-benzo[d]imidazo[l,5- d][ 1,4] oxazine: A solution of 8-bromo-6-fluoro-4/7-benzo[Z>]imidazo[l,5-<7][l,4]oxazine-3- carboxylic acid (500 mg, 1.6 mmol, 1 eq) in DMA (5mL) was irradiated under MW radiation at 165 °C for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by LCMS and TLC. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) to obtain a precipitate which was filtered and dried under vacuum to obtain the title compound (500 mg, 68.1%) which was used for the next step without any further purification. LCMS: 269 [M+H]+.
[0187] Step-6: Preparation of 6-Fluoro-8-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)-4H-benzo[d]imidazo[l,5-d][l,4]oxazine: To a stirred solution of 8-bromo-6-fluoro-4/Z- benzo[Z?]imidazo[l,5-d ][ 1,4] oxazine (280 mg, 1.04 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (5mL) was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (318 mg, 1.25 mmol, 1.2 eq) and potassium acetate (255 mg, 2.6 mmol, 2.5 eq) and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen 10 min. Pd(dppf)Cl2DCM (42 mg, 0.052 mmol, 0.05 eq) was then added to the mixture and the mixture was further degassed for 5 min. The resultant mixture was then heated at 100 °C for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O (50 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (370 mg, 51%) which was used for the next step without any further purification. LCMS: 317 [M+H]+.
[0188] Step-7: Preparation of 8-(2-Chloro-5-fhioropyrimidin-4-yl)-6-fhioro-4H- benzo[d]imidazo[l,5-d][l,4]oxazine: To a stirred solution of 6-fluoro-8-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-4H -benzo[Z>]imidazo[l,5-<7][l,4]oxazine (280 mg, 0.88 mmol, 1 eq) in THF: Water (2.1 mL: 6mL) were added 2 ,4-dichloro-5 -fluoropyrimidine (147 mg, 0.88 mmol, 1.0 eq), K2CO3 (304 mg, 2.2 mmol, 2.5 eq) and Pd(PPh3)4 (51 mg, 0.04 mmol, 0.05 eq) and the mixture was heated at 70 °C for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with H2O (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (170 mg, 60.0%). LCMS: 321 [M+H]+.
[0189] Step-8: Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(6-fhioro-4H-benzo[b]imidazo[l,5- d][ L4]oxazin-8-yl)- \ -(5-( l-inethylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine: To a solution of 8-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-6-fluoro-4H -benzo[h]imidazo[l,5- <i][l,4]oxazine (100 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (5 mL) was added 5-(l- methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-amine (66 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.1 eq) and cesium carbonate (152 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.5 eq) and the mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 10 minutes. Palladium acetate (1.4 mg, 0.006 mmol, 0.02 eq) and BINAP (7.5 mg, 0.012 mmol, 0.04 eq) were then added and the mixture was heated at 100 °C for 6 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude which was purified by Reverse Phase HPLC to obtain the title compound (19 mg, 12.8%). XHNMR ( DMSO-d6, 400MHz) d 9.92 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J= 2.63 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, 7= 8.77 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J= 11.40 Hz, 1H) 7.69 (d, J = 8.33 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 2.89 (d, J = 10.96 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.01 (br s, 2H), 1.50-1.79 (m, 5H). LCMS: 476 [M+H]+.
Example S-3: Preparation of 5-Eluoro-4-(4-fluoro- 1 -isopropyl- / H -benz.o[d] imidaz.ol-6-yl )- N-(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine ( Compound 383)
Figure imgf000114_0001
[0190] Step-1: Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-fluoro-H -isopropyl-2-nitroaniline: To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-l,3-difluoro-2-nitrobenzene (10 g, 42.194 mmol, 1 eq) in THF
(100 mL) at RT was successively added cesium carbonate (13.75 g, 42.2 mmol, 1 eq) and isopropyl amine (2.24 g, 38 mmol, 0.9 eq) at 0 °C and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h.
The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (70 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (80 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude which was purified by CombiFlash
Chromatography to afford the title compound (8.140 g, 70%). LCMS: 276 [M+H]+. [0191] Step-2: Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-fluoro-Vl-isopropylbenzene- 1.2-diamine:
To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-A-isopropyl-2-nitroaniline (8.140 g, 29.49 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH:H2O (80 mL:24 mL) was added ammonium chloride (7.9 g, 147.46 mmol, 5 eq) and Iron (8.25 g, 147.46 mmol, 5 eq) at RT and the mixture was heated 80 °C for 8 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was filtered through celite bed and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained was diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and washed with H2O (100 mL x 2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford the title compound (6.8 g, 93%). LCMS: 247 [M+H]+.
[0192] Step-3: Preparation of 6-Bromo-4-fluoro- 1 -isopropyl- 1H --benzo|d|imidazole:
To a stirred solution of 5 -bromo-3 -fluoro- N1 -isopropylbenzene- 1,2-diamine (6.8 g, 27.642 mmol, 1 eq) in EtOH (100 mL) was added glyoxalic acid (4.9 g, 66.340 mmol, 2.4 eq) at RT and the mixture was stirred for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude residue which was diluted with water (50 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (100 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to obtain a crude which was purified by CombiFlash Chromatography to afford the title compound (960 mg, 13%). LCMS: 257 [M+H]+.
[0193] Step-4: Preparation 4-Fluoro-l-isopropyl-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2- dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-benzo[d]imidazole: To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-4-fluoro-l- isopropyl- l H-bcnzoL/J imidazole (400 mg, 1.562 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (5 mL), was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5'-heptamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (436 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1.1 eq) and potassium acetate (460 mg, 4.67 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes. PdCh(dppf)eDCM (63.7 mg, 0.078 mmol, 0.05 eq) was added to the mixture and the mixture was further degassed for 5 minutes. The resultant mixture was then heated at 100 °C for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TEC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford crude which was purified by CombiFlash Chromatography to afford the title compound (400 mg, 84%). LCMS: 305 [M+H]+. [0194] Step-5: Preparation of 6-(2-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-4-fluoro-l- isopropyl-lH-benzo[d]imidazole: To a stirred solution of 4-fluoro- l-isopropyl-6-(4, 4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H -benzo[d ]imidazole (400 mg, 1.315 mmol, 1 eq) and 2,4-dichloro-5-fluoropyrimidine (218 mg, 1.305 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (6 mL)-H20 (2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (363 mg, 2.41 mmol, 2.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 minutes. Pd(PPh3)4 (15 mg, 0.013 mmol, 0.01 eq) was then added to the mixture and the mixture was further degassed for 5 minutes. The resultant mixture was then heated at 70 °C for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TEC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford the title compound (380 mg, 93%). LCMS: 309 [M+H]+.
[0195] Step-6: Preparation of 5-Fluoro-4-(4-fhioro-l-isopropyl-lH- benzo[d]imidazol-6-yl)-V-(5-( l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine:
To a solution of 6-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-4-fluoro-l-isopropyl-1H - benzo [d] imidazole (135 mg, 0.438 mmol, 1 eq) in 1,4-Dioxane (3 ml) were added 5-(l- methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2-amine (91.25 mg, 0.481 mmol, 1.1 eq) and cesium carbonate (285.5 mg, 0.876 mmol, 2.0 eq) at RT and the mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 10 min. Palladium acetate (0.9 mg, 0.004 mmol, 0.01 eq) and BINAP (5 mg, 0.008 mmol, 0.02 eq) were then added to the mixture and the mixture was further degassed for 5 min. The resultant mixture was then heated at 100 °C for 16h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The combined organic layer was washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to obtain a crude residue. The crude compound was triturated from IP A (3 mL) by stirring at RT for 2h. The precipitate obtained was filtered and dried under vacuum to afford a solid compound which was further purified by Reversed Phase HPLC to afford the title compound (30 mg, 15%). ’ HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6 ) 5 9.94 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 7 = 3.95 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.17 (hr s, 2H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 2.84 (hr s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.94 (hr s, 2H), 1.88 (hr s, 2H), 1.69 (d, J = 15.35 Hz, 6H), 1 1.21 (hr s, 2H).
LCMS: 464 [M+H]+. Example S-4: Preparation of 5-Fluoro-7 -(5-fluoro-2-(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2- ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)-l-isopropylquinoxalin-2(lH)-one ( Compound 384)
Figure imgf000117_0001
[0196] Step-1: Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-fluoro-/V-isopropyl-2-nitroaniline: To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-l,3-difluoro-2-nitrobenzene (5 g, 21.09 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (50 mL) at RT, was added sequentially CS2CO3 (6.877 g, 21.097 mmol, 1.0 eq) and isopropyl amine (1.12 g, 18.987 mmol, 0.9 eq) at 0 °C. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 2 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was diluted with water (35 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 2). Organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford crude. Crude was purified by Combi-Flash to afford desired product (3.73 g, 64%). LCMS: 277.2 [M+H]+, 279.2 [M+2H]+.
[0197] Step-2: Preparation of 5-Bromo-3-fluoro-./V1-isopropylbenzene-l, 2-diamine:
To a stirred solution of 5 - b ro m o - 3 - P u o ro - A- i s o p ro p y 1 - 2 - n i t ro aniline (3.7 g, 13.40 mmol, 1.0 eq) in EtOH:water (37 mL:15 mL) was added NH4CI (3.58 g, 67.025 mmol, 5 eq) and iron (3.75 g, 67.02 mmol, 5.0 eq) at RT. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 80 °C for 2 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and the resulting filtrate was dilute with water (30 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 2). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the desired product (2.88 g, 87%). LCMS: 247.2 [M+H]+, 249.2 [M+2H]+.
[0198] Step-3: Preparation of 7-Bromo-5-fluoro-l-isopropyl-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin- 2(1H )-one: To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-3-fluoro-/V1 -isopropylbenzene- 1,2-diamine (1.44 g, 5.853 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMF (15 mL) was added triethylamine (770 mg, 7.608 mmol 1.3 eq) and Ethyl 2-bromoacetate (1270 mg, 7.608 mmol, 1.3 eq) at RT. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 24 h and then raised temperature to 120 °C for 8 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL x 3). Organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to get crude. The crude product was purified by Combi-Flash to afford the desired product (389 mg, 23%). LCMS: 287.3 [M+H]+, 289.3 [M+2H]+.
[0199] Step-4: Preparation of 7-Bromo-5-fluoro- l-isopropylquinoxalin-2( 1H )-one:
To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-5-fluoro-l-isopropyl-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-2( 1H )-one (250 mg, 0.874 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (6 mL) was added Mn02 (988 mg, 11.36 mmol, 13 eq) at RT. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 30 °C for 24 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was filtered through celite bed and was washed with DCM (5 mL x 2). Organic layer was concentrated under reduce pressure to obtain desired product (235 mg, 94%). LCMS: 285.2 [M+H]+, 287.2 [M+2H]+.
[0200] Step-5: Preparation of 8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3-oxo-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-6- ylboronic acid: To a stirred solution of 7-bromo-5-fluoro-l-isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one (400 mg, 1.408 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (6 mL), was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl- 2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane) (393 mg, 1.548 mmol, 1.1 eq) and potassium acetate (414 mg, 4.22 mmol, 3.0 eq) at RT. To this nitrogen gas was purged for 10 minutes then was added PdCl2(dppf).DCM (57.4 mg, 0.0704 mmol, 0.05 eq) and again nitrogen gas purged for 5 minutes. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 100 °C for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2).
Organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product. Crude product was purified by Combi-Flash to afford desired product (300 mg, 85%). LCMS: 251.2 [M+H]+.
[0201] Step-6: Preparation of 7-(2-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-l- isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one: To a stirred solution of (8-fluoro-4-isopropyl-3-oxo-3,4- dihydroquinoxalin-6-yl)boronic acid (70 mg, 0.280 mmol, 1 eq) and 2,4-dichloro-5- fluoropyrimidine (46.5 mg, 0.280 mmol, leq) in THF (2 mL) and Water (0.7 mL), was added K2CO3 (96.6 mg, 0.700 mmol, 2.5 eq) at RT, followed by nitrogen purging for 10 minutes. Pd(PPh3)4 (13 mg, 0.0112 mmol, 0.04 eq) was added and purged with nitrogen gas for 5 minutes. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 70 °C for 3 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL x 2). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduce pressure to afford desired product (70 mg, 74%). LCMS: 337.2 [M+H]+.
[0202] Step-7: Preparation of 5-Fluoro-7-(5-fluoro-2-(5-(l-methylpiperidin-4- yl)pyridin-2-ylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)-l-isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one: To a solution of 7-(2-chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-4-yl)-5-fluoro-l-isopropylquinoxalin-2(1H )-one (200 mg, 0.595 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (4 mL), was added 5-(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)pyridin-2- amine (124.9 mg, 0.654 mmol, 1.1 eq) at RT. To this was added CS2CO3 (290 mg, 0.892 mmol, 1.5 eq), followed by nitrogen purging for 10 minutes. To this reaction mixture was added Pd(OAc)2 (2.67 mg, 0.012 mmol, 0.02 eq) and BINAP (15 mg, 0.0238 mmol, 0.04 eq) followed by nitrogen purging for another 5 minutes. The resultant reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 100 °C for 6 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, reaction mixture was diluted with water (3 mL) and extract with ethyl acetate (5 mL x 2). The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was purified by reverse phase chromatography and lyophilized to get the desired product (44 mg, 15%). ^NMR (400 MHz, DMSO -d6) d ppm 10.14 (s, 1H), 8.79 (d, J = 3.07 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, 7 = 4.38 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.16 - 8.09 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, J = 10.52 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 11.40 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (br s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.12 (br s, 3H), 1.77 (br s, 3H), 1.71 (br s, 1H), 1.60 (d, J = 7.02 Hz, 6H). LCMS: 492.7 [M+H]+. Biological Examples
Example BE In Vitro Kinase Inhibition IC50 Determination
[0203] IC50 values of compounds against CDK4 and CDK6 are determined by luminescence using retinoblastoma as substrate. Kinase assays are performed in kinase buffer (#PV6135, Invitrogen, Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 30 μL/well in 96-well half area white plates (#3693, Costar). One microliter of 25xtest compounds at specific concentrations (e.g., final concentration range: 0.1 nM - 200 nM) is mixed with 10 μL/ of 2.5xkinase (5 nM, CDK4 #PR8064A and CDK6 #PR8422B,
Invitrogen) solution and 14 μL/ of 4x mixed solution with retinoblastoma (1 pM, #12-439, EMD Millipore, Hayward, CA) and ATP (25 pM, #V7038, Promega, Madison, WI). The plates are covered and incubated for 2H at room temperature. At the end of incubation, 25 μL/ of stop solution - ADP Glo reagent (#V7002, Promega) is added. After incubation for 45 min at room temperature, 50 μL/ of detection reagent (##V7002, Promega) is added. Readings are taken at 15 min and 45 min incubation after detection reagent is added in a Synergy Neo Plate reader (BioTek, Winooski, VT) at single excitation of 340 nm and Dual emission at 495 nm and 520 nm respectively. The following equations are used in the CDK4 and CDK6 assay data analysis. Percent inhibition (100 -% activity) is fitted to the “four-parameter logistic model” in XLfit for determination of IC50 values.
Equation 1: Percent conversion of enzyme = 100- {(RLU No Dmg-No enzyme* 100)/ RLU
No drug+Enzyme }
Equation 2: Percent conversion at each data point = 100- {(RLU
Average(Drug+enzyme)* 100)/ RLU No drug+Enzyme }
Equation 3: Percent Inhibition=100*(%Conversion each data point/% Conversion Enzyme)
[0204] IC50 values of compounds against CDK1 (cyclin B) are determined by Z'- LYTE™. These screening assays are performed at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) on a low volume NBS, black 384-well plate (#4514, Corning). 0.1 μL/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 μL/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRU-35, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EGTA), 5 μL/ of 2x Kinase (3.5 - 46.4 ng CDKl/cyclin B)/Peptide (2 pM Ser/Thr 18), and 2.5 μL/ of 4xATP solution (34 μM). The plates are shaken for 30 seconds, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. Development Reagent Solution (5 μL/ of 1:1024 dilution) is added to the plates followed with another 30-second plate shake, and the plates are further incubated at room temperature for one hour. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 445 nm and 520 nm.
[0205] IC50 values of compounds against CDK2 (cyclin A) are determined by Z'- LYTE™. These screening assays are performed at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) on a low volume NBS, black 384-well plate (#4514, Corning). 0.1 μL/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 μL/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRU-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA), 5 μL/ of 2x Kinase (E22 - 10.3 ng CDK2/cyclin A)/Peptide (2 pM Ser/Thr 12), and 2.5 μL/ of 4xATP solution (31 pM). The plates are shaken for 30 seconds, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. Development Reagent Solution (5 μL/ of 1:1024 dilution) is added to the plates followed with another 30-second plate shake and the plates are further incubated at room temperature for one hour. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 445 nm and 520 nm.
[0206] IC50 values of compounds against CDK5 (p25) are determined by Z'-LYTE™. These screening assays are performed at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) on a low volume NBS, black 384-well plate (#4514, Corning). 0.1 μL/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 μL/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA), 5 μL/ of 2x Kinase (0.18 - 2 ng CDK5/p25)/Peptide (2 pM Ser/Thr 12), and 2.5 μL/ of 4xATP solution (17 pM). The plates are shaken for 30 seconds, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. Development Reagent Solution (5 μL/ of 1:4096 dilution) is added to the plates followed with another 30- second plate shake and the plates are further incubated at room temperature for one hour. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 445 nm and 520 nm.
[0207] The following equations are used for Z'-LYTE™ Screening Assay Data Analysis. Percent inhibition (100 -% activity) was fitted to the “four-parameter logistic model” in XLfit for determination of IC50 values.
Figure imgf000122_0001
FI = Fluorescence Intensity; Cioo% = Average Coumarin emission signal of the 100% Phos. Control; Co% = Average Coumarin emission signal of the 0% Phos. Control; Fioo% = Average Fluorescein emission signal of the 100% Phos. Control; Fo% = Average Fluorescein emission signal of the 0% Phos. Control; DRI = Development Reaction Interference; TCFI = Test Compound Fluorescence Interference
[0208] IC50 values of compounds against CDK7 (cyclin H) are determined by Adapta™ Assay at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 10 μL//well in low volume, white 384-well plate (#4512, Coming). 0.100 μL/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 2.4 μL/ of HEPES (30 mM), 2.5 μL/ of 4x ATP solution (153 pM) and 5 μL/ of 2x Substrate/Kinase mixture (the 2x CDK7/cyclin H/MNAT1 / CDK7/9tide mixture is prepared in 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA). The final 10 μL/ Kinase Reaction consists of 5 - 38.75 ng CDK7/cyclin H/MNAT1 and 200 pM CDK7/9tide in 32.5 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.005% BRIJ-35, 5 mM MgCh, 0.5 mM EGTA. The plates are shaken for 30 seconds, centrifuged for 1 min at lOOOxg, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. 5 μL/ of Detection Mix (prepared in TR-FRET Dilution Buffer; the Detection mix consists of EDTA (30 mM), Eu-anti-ADP antibody (6 nM) and ADP tracer, and contains the EC60 concentration of tracer for 5-150 pM ATP) is added to the plates followed with another 30-second plate shake and centrifugation for 1 min at lOOOxg, and the plates are further incubated at room temperature for one hour. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 615 nm and 665 nm.
[0209] The following equations are used for Adapta™ Assay Data Analysis. The ATP/ADP standard curve is fit to model number 205 (sigmoidal dose-response model) in XLfit. The dose response curve is also curve fit to model number 205.
Figure imgf000123_0001
[0210] IC50 values of compounds against CDK2 (cyclin El) are determined by LanthaScreen™ Eu Kinase Binding Assay at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 16 μL//well in low volume, white 384-well plates (#784207, Greiner). 0.16 μL/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 3.84 μL/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRLf-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA), 8.0 μL/ of 2x Kinase (2.5 nM)/Antibody (Eu-anti-GST, 2 nM) Mixture and 4.0 μL/ of 4 x Tracer (Tracer 236, 100 nM). The plates are shaken for 30 seconds, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 615 nm and 665 nm.
[0211] IC50 values of compounds against CDK9 (cyclin K) are determined by
LanthaScreen™ Eu Kinase Binding Assay at Invitrogen Life Technologies (Grand Island,
NY) where total reaction volume is 16 μL//well in low volume, white 384-well plates
(#784207, Greiner). 0.16 μL/ of 100 x test compound in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) is mixed with 3.84 μL/ of Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRU-35, 10 mM MgCl2, 1 mM EGTA), 8.0 μL/ of 2x Kinase (5 nM)/ Antibody (Eu-anti-His, 2 nM) Mixture and 4.0 mE of 4 x Tracer (Tracer 236, 100 nM). The plates are shaken for 30 seconds, and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. The plates are read on fluorescence plate reader with Dual emission at 615 nm and 665 nm.
[0212] IC50 values of compounds against FMS kinase are determined by LanthaScreen™ Eu Kinase Binding Assay at Invitrogen (Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) where total reaction volume is 10 μL/ in low-volume 384-well plates (#4511, Coming). Serially diluted compounds (3-fold) are incubated with kinase (1.25 nM) for 10 min, following which a mixture of ATP (10 mM) (#A1852, Sigma, St-Louis, MO) and fluorescent-PolyGT substrate (200 nM) (#PV3610, Invitrogen, Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) is added and incubated in dark at room temperature for 1H. After 1H, 10 μL/ stop solution containing Terbium labeled antibody (4 nM) (#PV3529, Invitrogen, Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) and EDTA (#E5134, Sigma, St-Louis, MO) (20mM) in TR-FRET dilution buffer (# PV3574, Invitrogen, Life Technologies Grand Island, NY) is added. Readings are taken in a Synergy Neo Plate reader (BioTek, Winooski, VT) at single excitation of 340 nm and Dual emission at 495 nm and 520 nm respectively.
[0213] The following equations are used for LanthaScreen Eu Kinase Binding Assay Data Analysis. Percent inhibition (100 -% activity) is fitted to the “four-parameter logistic model” in XLfit for determination of IC50 values.
Figure imgf000124_0001
[0214] IC50 values of compounds against the PI3K5 kinase are determined by an assay performed by Reaction Biology Corporation (Malvern, PA). Briefly, this assay is conducted in buffer (Tris-HCl 40 mM (pH7.5), Orthovanadate 3 mM, MgCh 20 mM, DTT 2 mM, CHAPS 0.05%, DMSO 1%). PI3K5 kinase is added to the reaction solution and mixed gently. The test compounds in 100% DMSO (at specific solutions) are mixed with the kinase reaction mixture to achieve the final compounds at pre-defined concentrations (e.g., range - 0.5 nM to 100 mM) by Acoustic technology (Echo550; nanoliter range). After incubating for 10 min at room temp, ATP is added into the reaction mixture to initiate the reaction followed by a 30-min incubation at 30°C. After quenching the reaction with ADP-Glo reagent, the plates are incubated for 40 min. The Detection Mixture is added, and the plate is incubated for an additional 30 min. At the end of incubation, luminescence is measured. For data analysis, the luminescence is converted into mM ADP production based on ADP standard curves. The nonlinear regression to obtain the standard curve and IC50 values is performed using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software, Inc., San Diego, CA).
[0215] IC50 values of compounds against CDK12 (cyclin K) are determined by KinaseProfiler™ radiometric protein kinase assay at Eurofins Pharma Discovery (Dundee, UK). Compounds are prepared to 50x final assay concentration in 100% DMSO. This working stock of the compound is added to the assay well as the first component in each reaction. CDK12/Cyclin K is diluted in buffer (20 mM TRIS, 0.2 mM EDTA, 0.1% b- mercaptoethanol, 0.01% Brij-35, 5% glycerol, 1 mg/ml BSA) prior to addition to the reaction mix. CDK12/Cyclin K is incubated with 20 mM Tris/HCl pH 8.5, 0.2 mM EDTA, 300 pM RSRSRSRSRSRSRSR, 10 mM Magnesium acetate and [g-33R-ATR] (specific activity and concentration as required). The reaction is initiated by the addition of the Mg/ ATP mix. After incubation for 120 minutes at room temperature, the reaction is stopped by the addition of phosphoric acid to a concentration of 0.5%. 10 pi of the stopped reaction is spotted onto a P30 filtermat and washed four times for 4 minutes in 0.425% phosphoric acid and once in methanol prior to drying and scintillation counting. Results are calculated as a percentage of the mean kinase activity in positive control samples. Data are fitted in XLfit for determination of IC50 values.
[0216] IC50 values of compounds disclosed herein against the kinases listed are given in Table 2 below.
Table 2
Figure imgf000126_0001
A = <100 nM, B = 100 nM - 500 nM, C = 501 nM - 1000 nM, D = >1000 nM
Example B2. Determination of potency of compounds in cancer cell proliferation assay as a single agent.
[0217] The effects of test compounds were studied in two breast cancer cell lines of different subtype. The cancer cells (Table below) are harvested during the logarithmic growth period and counted. Cell concentrations are adjusted to the appropriate number with respective medium and 90 μL/ cell suspensions are added to 96-well plates. After cells are seeded, the plates are shaken gently to distribute cells evenly and incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 on day 1.
Cell Culture Conditions
Figure imgf000126_0002
[0218] Cells are treated with test compounds at 7 to 9 concentrations within a desired concentration range (e.g. 1.1 nM - 10 mM) on day 2 by series diluting the test compound stock solution (10 mM in DMSO) with culture medium. Treatment duration was 144H (with a medium change at 72H) for both MCF-7 and DU4475 cells. Cell viability is assessed by Cell Titer-Glo® as recommended by Promega (Cat. No.: G7572), or by resazurin assay (Sigma Aldrich, Cat. No.: R7017) post treatment.
[0219] Cell viability data are plotted using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software, Inc., San Diego, CA). In addition, a nonlinear regression model with a sigmoidal dose response and variable slope within GraphPad Prism is used to calculate the IC50 value of individual test compounds.
[0220] The effects of test compounds are studied in additional cell lines of various histotypes, such as A549 lung adenocarcinoma, HCT-116 colorectal carcinoma, ZR-75-30 breast ductal carcinoma, Hs-578T breast epithelia carcinoma and BT-549 breast ductal carcinoma cells. The cancer cells are harvested during the logarithmic growth period and counted. Cell concentrations are adjusted to the appropriate number with suitable medium, and 90 μL/ cell suspensions are added to 96-well plates. After cells are seeded, the plates are shaken gently to distribute cells evenly and incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 on day 1. Cells are treated with test compounds at typically 7-9 concentrations within a desired concentration range (e.g. 1.5 nM - 10 mM) on day 2 by series diluting the test compound stock solution (10 mM in DMSO) with culture medium. Cell viability is assessed by Cell Titer-Glo® as recommended by Promega (Cat. No.: G7572, Promega) typically 48-144H post-treatment, with a medium change as necessary. Cell viability data are plotted using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software, Inc., San Diego, CA). In addition, a nonlinear regression model with a sigmoidal dose response and variable slope within GraphPad Prism is used to calculate the IC50 value of individual test compounds.
[0221] Additional test compounds are studied in the same and/or other cancer cell lines using similar proliferation methods with possible variations in cell seeding densities and/or incubation durations. The cell cycle phase distribution post treatment of test compounds is studied using flow cytometer using DAPI staining. Cellular senescence is evaluated after continuously treating cells for a long time (e.g., 14 days) followed by staining cells lines for Senescence associated-P-galactosidase (SApGAL).
[0222] Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, it is apparent to those skilled in the art that certain minor changes and modifications will be practiced in light of the above teaching. Therefore, the description and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention.

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (J):
Figure imgf000128_0001
or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein:
Q1 is C, CH, CH2, S(0)O-2, N, or NH;
Q2 is C, CH, CH2, N, or NH; indicates a partially saturated or fully saturated ring;
, wherein
Figure imgf000128_0002
A is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5;
L is a bond, -CR11 R12-, -0-, -S-, -S(0)2-, -C(O)-, -NR10-, -S(0)2NR10-, or - NR10SO2-;
B is hydrogen, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7- membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6;
C is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein C is fused to D; and
D is C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 7-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl, or C6 aryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more R6;
R1 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C8 alkoxy, C3- C12 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, C6- C14 aryl, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl), -C(0)R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(5- to 10-membered heteroaryl) or -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C6-Ci4 aryl), wherein R1 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH and halogen; each R2 is independently C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, -OH, oxo, -NR11R12, - CN, -C(0)R10, -C(0)NR11R12, halogen, or C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of -CN, -OH or halogen, or two R2 or R1 and R2 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form a C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, or C6-C14 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, -OH, oxo, and halogen; each of R3 and R4 is independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -CN, C1- Cehaloalkyl, C1-C6alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkoxy, halogen or -OH; each R5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR10, -SR10, -NR11 R12, -C(0)R10, -C(0)NR11R12, -0C(0)NR11R12, -NR10C(O)R11 , -NR10C(O)NR11R12, -S(0)R10, -S(0)2R10, -NR10S(O)2R11 , -S(0)2NR11R12, C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)SR10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)NR11R12, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)R11 , -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)S(0)2R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10S(O)2R11, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10S(O)2NR11R12, -(C1- C3 alkylene)S(0)2NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl), wherein each R5 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR13, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR13R14, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R13, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, and halogen, or any two R5 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form a C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl, or C6-C14 aryl; each R6 is independently oxo or R7, or any two R6 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form a C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl, or C6-C14 aryl; each R7 is independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, -OR10, -NR11R12 -NR10C(O)R11 , -NR10C(O)NR11R12, -S(0)2R10, -NR10S(O)2R11 , -S(0)2NR11R12, -C(0)R10,
-C(0)NR11R12’ -(C1-C3 alkylene)CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)SR10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)CF3„ -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R10, -(C1- C3 alkylene)C(0)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)R11 , -(C1-
C3 alkylene)NR10C(O)NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)S(0)2R10, -(C1-C3 alkylene)NR10S(O)2R11 , -(C1-C3 alkylene)S(0)2NR11R12, -(C1-C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), or -(C1-C3 alkylene)(3- to 6-membered heterocyclyl), wherein each R7 is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -OR13, -NR13R14, -C(0)R13, -CN, -(C1-C3 alkylene)OR13, -(C1- C3 alkylene)NR13R14, -(C1-C3 alkylene)C(0)R13, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, -OH, and halogen; each R10 is independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -(C1- C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), C6-C14 aryl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR15, -NR15R16, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo;
R11 and R12 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -(C1- C3 alkylene)(C3-C6 cycloalkyl), C6-C14 aryl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, -CN, -OR15, -NR15R16, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo, or R11 and R12 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo; R13 and R14 are each independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OR15, -NR15R16, and oxo, or R13 and R14 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo; and
R15 and R16 are each independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, or C2- C6 alkynyl, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, and C2-C6 alkynyl are each independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo, or R15 and R16 are taken together with the atom to which they attached to form a 3- to 6- membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, oxo, and C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OH, and oxo; l is 0, 1, or 2; m, p and q are each independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided that at least one of m and 1 is not 0; and n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
2. The compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q1 is CH2.
3. The compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q1 is CH.
4. The compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q1 is C.
5. The compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q1 is S.
6. The compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q1 is S(0)2.
7. The compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q1 is NH.
8. The compound of claim 1, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q1 is N.
9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q2 is CH2.
10. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q2 is CH.
11. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q2 is C.
12. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q2 is N.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Q2 is NH.
14. The compound of any one of claims 1-13, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein R1 is C1-C6 alkyl.
15. The compound of any one of claims 1-14, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein R1 is isopropyl.
16. The compound of any one of claims 1-15, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein n is 0, 1, or 2.
17. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein each R2 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, oxo, -C(0)R10, or -CN.
18. The compound of any one of claims 1-17, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein each R2 is independently methyl, oxo, -C(0)CH3, or -CN.
19. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein at least two R2 are taken together with the atom or atoms to which they are attached to form C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7- membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C6 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more subsitutuents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, halogen, or -OH.
20. The compound of any one of claims 1-16, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein at least one R2 is taken together with R1 and the atoms to which they are attached to form C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 7- membered heterocyclyl, 5- to 7-membered heteroaryl or C6 aryl, each of which is independently optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6haloalkyl, halogen, or -OH.
21. The compound of any one of claims 1-20, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein m is 1.
22. The compound of any one of claims 1-21, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein R3 is halogen.
23. The compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein l is 1.
24. The compound of any one of claims 1-23, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein R4 is halogen.
25. The compound of any one of claims 1-24, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Z is
Figure imgf000133_0001
26. The compound of any one of claims 1-25, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Z is
Figure imgf000133_0002
wherein
Figure imgf000133_0003
t is 0, 1, or 2; and f is 0 or 1.
27. The compound of any one of claims 1-26, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein L is a bond or -CH2-.
28. The compound of any one of claims 1-27, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000134_0002
29. The compound of any one of claims 1-28, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Z is
Figure imgf000134_0003
Figure imgf000135_0002
30. The compound of any one of claims 1-24, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Z is
Figure imgf000135_0003
31. The compound of claim 30, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein
Figure imgf000135_0004
Figure imgf000135_0005
32. The compound of claim 30 or 31, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein Z is
Figure imgf000135_0006
Figure imgf000135_0001
33. A compound, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds of Table 1.
34. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
35. A method of treating a cancer in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
36. The method of claim 35, where the cancer is a breast cancer, brain cancer, colorectal cancer, lung cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, melanoma, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, adult hematopoietic or solid tumor, or pediatric tumor.
37. The method of claim 35 or 36, further comprising administering a radiation therapy to the individual.
38. The method of any one of claims 35-37, further comprising administering to the individual a therapeutically effective amount of an additional therapeutic agent.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the additional therapeutic agent is a cancer immunotherapy agent, an endocrine therapy agent, or a chemotherapeutic agent.
40. The method of claim 38 or 39, wherein the additional therapeutic agent is a cancer immunotherapy.
41. The method of any one of claims 38-40, wherein the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-PD-1 antibody.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein the endocrine therapy agent is an antiestrogen therapy, a selective estrogen receptor degrader (SERD), or an aromatase inhibitor.
43. The method of claim 39, wherein the chemotherapeutic agent is a DNA alkylating agent, a platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent, a taxane, a BTK inhibitor, a PI3K inhibitor, another kinase inhibitor, or a DNA damage repair (DDR) pathway inhibitor.
44. The method of any one of claims 35-43, wherein the cancer comprises a mutated or overexpressed CDK gene.
45. The method of any one of claims 35-44, comprising selecting the individual for treatment based on (i) the presence of one or more mutations or amplifications of the CDK4 or CDK6 or other CDK gene in the cancer, (ii) overexpression of CDK4 or CDK6 or other CDK protein in the cancer, (iii) amplification or overexpression of the genes encoding cyclins, (iv) loss of endogenous INK4 inhibitors by gene deletion, mutation, or promoter hypermethylation, (v) other genetic events leading to overactivity of CDK4 or CDK6 or other CDK, or (vi) phosphorylation of retinoblastoma (Rb) protein in the cancer.
46. A method of arresting the Gi-S checkpoint in a cell, comprising administering a compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, to the cell.
47. A method of inducing senescence in a cell, comprising administering a compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, to the cell.
48. A method of inducing apoptosis in a cell, comprising administering a compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, to the cell.
49. A method of inhibiting CDK4 or CDK6 in a cell, comprising administering a compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing, to the cell.
50. A method of inhibiting CDK4 or CDK6, comprising contacting CDK4 or CDK6 with a compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
51. A kit comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-33, or a stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of the foregoing.
PCT/US2022/072066 2021-05-03 2022-05-02 Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors WO2022236256A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163183520P 2021-05-03 2021-05-03
US63/183,520 2021-05-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022236256A1 true WO2022236256A1 (en) 2022-11-10

Family

ID=83933001

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2022/072066 WO2022236256A1 (en) 2021-05-03 2022-05-02 Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022236256A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023208172A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Beigene , Ltd. Substituted 7- (pyrimidin-4-yl) quinolin-4 (1h) -one compounds as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180215730A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-08-02 Arcus Biosciences, Inc. Azolopyrimidine for the treatment of cancer-related disorders
US20190248774A1 (en) * 2018-02-15 2019-08-15 GiraFpharma LLC Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2021030623A1 (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-18 Nuvation Bio Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2022113003A1 (en) * 2020-11-27 2022-06-02 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals Ag Cdk inhibitors

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180215730A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-08-02 Arcus Biosciences, Inc. Azolopyrimidine for the treatment of cancer-related disorders
US20190248774A1 (en) * 2018-02-15 2019-08-15 GiraFpharma LLC Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2021030623A1 (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-18 Nuvation Bio Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2022113003A1 (en) * 2020-11-27 2022-06-02 Rhizen Pharmaceuticals Ag Cdk inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE PUBCHEM SUBSTANCE 13 August 2020 (2020-08-13), ANONYMOUS : "SID 427566837", XP093008298, retrieved from PUBCHEM Database accession no. 427566837 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023208172A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Beigene , Ltd. Substituted 7- (pyrimidin-4-yl) quinolin-4 (1h) -one compounds as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP4013743A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
JP2021098721A (en) Substituted quinazoline compounds and methods for use thereof
KR102219441B1 (en) Modulators of methyl modifying enzymes, compositions and uses thereof
JP2022050628A (en) 2-substituted quinazoline compounds comprising substituted heterocyclic group and methods of use thereof
JP5207386B2 (en) Pyrimidine-2,4-diamine and use thereof
CA2999937A1 (en) New pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives as dual dyrk1/clk1 inhibitors
EP3997070A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as bet inhibitors
WO2021003314A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
EP3952875A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2020210375A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2020210381A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2022082174A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2022236256A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2021222466A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as bet inhibitors
WO2021030620A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2020210383A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
EP3952879A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2022236255A2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2022236257A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2022236253A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as kinase inhibitors
WO2023154426A1 (en) Cdk inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22799781

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE